Upload
others
View
11
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
1 | P a g e
5
TVET CERTIFICATE V in
MULTIMEDIA
CODE
ICTMMD5001
Kigali January, 2019
2 | P a g e
ICTMMD5001-TVET CERTIFICATE V
Multimedia
REQF Level 5 CURRICULUM
i | P a g e
© Rwanda Polytechnic, 2019
Copies available from:
Rwanda Polytechnic (RP)
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.rp.ac.rw
P.O. Box: 164 Kigali, Rwanda
Original published version updated:
January, 2019
ii | P a g e
Copyright
The Competent Development Body of this Curriculum is © Rwanda Polytechnic (RP).
Reproduced with permission
The following copyright warning applies to the material from the Training Package:
All rights reserved. This work has been produced initially with RP. This work is copyright, but
permission is given to trainers and teachers to make copies by photocopying or other
duplicating processes for use with their own training organizations or in a workplace where the
training is being conducted. This permission does not extend to the making of copies for use
outside the immediate training environment for which they are made, nor the making of copies
for hire or resale to third parties. The views expressed in this version of the work do not
necessarily represent the views of RP. The competent Body does not give warranty nor accept
any liability.
The RP owns the copyright on all Curricula. Schools may reproduce this program in part or in
full for bona fide study or classroom purposes only. Acknowledgement of the RP copyright must
be included on any reproductions. Learners may copy reasonable portions of the curriculum for
the purpose of study. Any other use of this curriculum must be referred to the RP.
© Rwanda Polytechnic (RP) 2019
Published by
Rwanda Polytechnic (RP)
Internet: http://www.rp.ac.rw
P.O. Box: Kigali, Rwanda
iii | P a g e
Table of Contents
C o p y r i g h t i i
T a b l e o f C o n t e n t s i i i
L i s t o f a b b r e v i a t i o n s v i i
A c k n o w l e d g m e n t s v i i i
1 . G E N E R A L I N T R O D U C T I O N 1
2 . Q U A L I F I C A T I O N D E T A I L S 2
2.1 Description 2
2.2 Minimum entry requirements 2
2.3 Information about pathways 2
2.4 Job related information 2
2.5 Employability skills and life skills 3
2.6 Information about competencies 5
3 . T R A I N I N G P A C K A G E 6
3.1 Course structure 6
3.2 Competencies chart 6
3.4 Flowchart 8
4 . A S S E S S M E N T G U I D E L I N E S 9
4.1 Assessment Methodology 9
4.2 Portfolio 9
C C M O L 0 0 1 - O C C U P A T I O N A N D L E A R N I N G P R O C E S S 1 3
LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment 15
LU 2: Explain the occupation and learning process 19
LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods 22
LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices 25
C C M M S 5 0 1 - M O N I T O R I N G O F O C C U P A T I O N A L S H E A T W O R K P L A C E 3 2
LU 1: Conduct OSH (occupational safety and health) monitoring 34
LU 2: Collect and analyze Occupational health, safety incidents report 38
LU 3: Train all staff on occupational health and safety matters 44
C C M U E 5 0 1 - U P P E R I N T E R M E D I A T E W O R K P L A C E E N G L I S H 5 1
LU 1: Communicate orally in social and professional situations with ease 53
iv | P a g e
LU 2: Read correctly a range of materials 58
LU 3: Listen to audio messages with different English accents to get the intended message 62
LU 4: Produce a variety of medium texts on professional and general topics 67
LU 1: Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko ashyikirana n’abandi 76
LU 2: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gukemura amakimbirane
no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye. 84
LU 3: Gukangurira abandi akamaro k’isuku n’isukura no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye. 94
LU 4: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gutunganya ubutaka no
gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye 104
LU 5: Gukoresha neza uburyo bunyuranye bw ’ ubwumvane no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire
y’Ikinyarwanda. 114
C C M F T 5 0 1 - T E C H N I Q U E S D ’ E X P R E S S I O N O R A L E E T E C R I T E E N F R A N Ç A I S 1 2 4
LU 1:Ecrire en respectant l’orthographe courante 126
LU 2:Employer le vocabulaire technique dans différents écrit 130
LU 3:Présider des débats et des discussions 135
LU 4:Conduire des réunions. 139
LU 5:Rédiger et présenter un exposé 143
C C M M K 5 0 1 - M A W A S I L I A N O M B A L I M B A L I Y A K I O F I S I K A T I K A K I S W A H I L I 1 4 7
LU 1:Kutunga hati za mawasiliano mbali mbali za kiofisi. 149
LU 2:Kuchambua hati za mawasiliano mbali mbali za kiofisi 153
LU 3: Kupanga mbinu za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali. 157
C C M S E 5 0 1 - W O R K I N G I N A S O C I A L L Y D I V E R S E E N V I R O N M E N T 1 6 1
LU 1: Communicate with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds 163
LU 2: Address cross-cultural misunderstandings 167
C C M I W 5 0 1 - I C T A T W O R K P L A C E 1 7 2
LU 1: Prepare document Layout 174
LU 2: Apply basic computer operations 179
LU 3: Manage data 186
C C M B O 5 0 1 - B U S I N E S S O R G A N I S A T I O N 1 9 3
LU 1: Identify activities to be accomplished for real business operations 195
LU 2: Create a productive working environment 201
LU 3: Run real business operation 209
v | P a g e
LU 4: Monitor and evaluate the business 216
C C M P E 5 0 1 - P R O F E S S I O N A L E T H I C S 2 2 2
LU 1:Apply human values 224
LU 2:Respect engineering ethics 231
LU 3:Apply safety 235
C C M I A 5 0 1 - I N D U S T R I A L A T T A C H M E N T P R O G R A M ( I A P ) 2 4 0
LU 1: Demonstrate supervisory skills 242
LU 2: Get briefed on industrial attachment program 248
LU 3: Develop one’s competences on the workplace 253
G E N A M 5 0 1 - M A T H E M A T I C S 2 5 8
LU 1:Apply fundamentals of trigonometry 261
LU 2:Apply fundamentals of complex numbers 268
LU 3:Determine and analyze numerical functions 273
LU 4:Apply fundamentals of differentiation 278
LU5:Apply natural logarithmic functions 283
LU 6: Apply exponential functions 289
LU 7: Apply fundamentals of integrals 295
LU 8: Identify measures of dispersion and interpret bivariate data 299
M M D 2 D 5 0 1 - 2 D D R A W I N G S C O N C E P T I O N 3 0 3
LU 1: Create Basic Drawings 305
U 2: Make 1-point perspective and 2-point perspective 314
LU 3: Make digital painting 319
LU 4: Apply Textures and patterns 324
M M D S W 5 0 1 - S C R I P T W R I T I N G 3 3 3
LU 1: Brainstorm story ideas 335
LU 2: Write treatment 340
LU1: Compose a flash draft 345
Summative Assessment 349
M M D S P 5 0 1 - S H O T L I S T P R E P A R A T I O N 3 5 2
LU 1: Breakdown the screenplay into shots 354
LU 2: Describe and evaluate shots 359
LU 3: Create shotlist table 364
vi | P a g e
Summative Assessment 368
P U T E R 5 0 1 - S T O R Y B O A R D P A N E L S C O N S T R U C T I O N 3 7 1
LU 1: Design and draw the shapes of the panels 373
LU 2: Develop and sketch the storyline 378
Emphasize action motions and camera positions 382
Summative Assessment 388
M M D V E 5 0 1 - V I D E O E D I T I N G 3 9 1
LU 1: Import and manage media files 393
LU 2: Trim video 398
LU 3: Work with audio 409
LU 4: Export project 414
Summative Assessment 418
M M D S S 5 0 1 - S O U N D R E I N F O R C E M E N T S Y S T E M 4 2 2
LU 1: Design sound 424
LU 2: Identify audio equipment and cables 429
LU 3: Connect the sound reinforcement system 434
M M D A P 5 0 1 - A U D I O P R O D U C T I O N 4 4 2
LU 1: Record Sound 444
LU 2: Edit Audio 448
LU 3: Master audio mix 453
G L O S S A R Y a
vii | P a g e
List of abbreviations
EQ Equalizer
SHE Safety Health and Environment
CBA Compentence Based Assessment
CD Compact Disc
CDU Curriculum Development Unit
CM Complementary Modules
ICT Information and Communication Technology
IPRC Integrated Polytechnics Regional Centers
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
REQF Rwandan Education Qualification Framework
RP Rwanda Polytechnic
TSS Technical Secondary School
TVET Technical and Vocational Education and Training
viii | P a g e
Acknowledgments
Workforce Development Authority wishes to thank the following persons who participated in
the development of this curriculum:
Coordination
RWAMASIRABO Aimable, Curriculum Coordinator-RP
Facilitation
HATEGEMANA Gratien, External verifier-RP
Curriculum Development Team
# Names Function Institution
1. NYIRANSABIMANA Angélique Director of Studies and Trainer in Multimedia
Director of Studies and Trainer in Multimedia
2. HABARUGIRA Valens Camera Operator Private
3. SHEMA Yves Chief Editor BLARTS
4. NTAHOBARI Maurice IT Officer Let Us Transform Life Initiatives (LUTI) Ltd
5. TUYISHIME Jean Claude Operation Manager BLARTS
6. DUSHIMIMANA Light Bonkey Audio Producer Light Music
7. MUTAMBO John Audio Specialist IPRC Kigali
8. BYIRINGIRO Clément MUSONERA Creative Director MENTO PRO LTD
9. MUHAYIMANA Valens IT /Data Manager Techno Smart
10. MUSAFIRI Ernest Instructor IPRC NGOMA
11. MUSONI Jean Claude Trainer Nyabihu TVET School
12. UWERA Marceline Socio-linguistics Officer RALC
13. MUTAGANZWA Gilbert Teacher Ecole Secondaire de Rukara
14. MATATA Jean Bosco Teacher College Ami des Enfants
15. GASIMBA François Xavier Lecturer UR/College of Education
16. KAMBARI Vincent Teacher GS St Marcel/Kayonza
17. MUREGO Yves Quality Assurance Officer WDA
18. BUCYENSENGE Vincent Instructor IPRC KARONGI
19. GASANA Vedaste Lecturer INES
20. FURAHA INEZA Jean Raymond Trainer Lycee de Gisenyi
1 | P a g e
1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION
The curriculum presents a coherent and significant set of competencies to
acquire to perform the occupation of a Multimedia Technician. It is designed
with an approach that takes into account the training needs, the work
situation, as well as the goals and the means to implement training.
The modules of the curriculum include a description of the expected results at the end of
training. They have a direct influence on the choice of the theoretical and practical learning
activities. The competencies are the targets of training: the acquisition of each is required for
certification.
The curriculum is the reference to carry out the assessment of learning. Assessment tools of
learning are developed on the basis of this document.
The curriculum consists of three parts. The first part is of general interest and shows the nature
and goals of a program and the key concepts and definitions used in the document. The second
part presents the qualification, its level in the qualification framework, its purpose, its rationale
and the list of modules it comprises. The third part deals with the training package. It includes
the competencies chart, the sequencing of module learning, the description of each module
and the course structure.
The pages describing the modules are the heart of a curriculum. They present the title of the
module, the length of training, the amount of credits, the context in which the competency is
performed, the prerequisite competencies, the learning units and the performance criteria.
In each module, a course structure is provided. The course structure describes the learning
outcomes (knowledge, skills and attitude) and the learning contents related to each learning
unit. Also, the learning activities and resources for learning are suggested.
Finally, the assessment specifications and guidelines are included in each module.
Section
1
2 | P a g e
Section
2
2. QUALIFICATION DETAILS
2.1 Description
This qualification provides the skills, knowledge,
and attitudes for a learner to be competent in
tasks and activities that require the application
of practical skills in a defined context. Work
would be undertaken in various ICT and
Multimedia sector/industries. Learners may
work with minimum supervision.
At the end of this qualification, qualified
learners will be able to:
1. Describe the occupation and learning
process
2. Monitor occupational SHE at the
workplace
3. Maintain professional conversation in
upper-intermediate English
4. Gukoresha Kinyarwanda cy’intyoza
5. Work in a socially diverse environment
6. Use ICT at the workplace
7. Pratiquer les techniques d’expression
orale et écrite
8. Kujadili Mawasiliano mbali mbali ya
Kiofisi katika Kiswahili
9. Appy general mathematics
10. Organize a business
11. Apply professional ethics
12. Integrate workplace
13. Setup Sound System
14. Produce Audio
15. Conceive 2D Drawings
16. Write Script
17. Prepare Shotlist
18. Construct Storyboard Panels
19. Edit Video
2.2 Minimum entry requirements
TVET Certificate IV in Multimedia or other relevant qualifications or through recognition of prior learning.
Title: TVET Certificate V in Multimedia
Level: REQF Level 5
Credits: 120
Sector: Media and films making
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January, 2019
2 | P a g e
2.3 Information about pathways
2.4 Job related information
This qualification prepares individuals to integrate the ICT industry with the professionalization of
Multimedia Technician; this qualification again offers the opportunity to execute the works as Audio
Production Technician, 2D concept Artist, Storyboard Artist or Video Editor while ensuring that safety,
security and environmental regulations are respected.
Possible jobs related to this qualification
Audio Production Technician,
2D concept Artist,
Storyboard Artist,
Video Editor
Preferred pathways for candidates entering
this qualification include:
Candidates enter this qualification after
achieving TVET Certificate V in
Multimedia or other relevant
qualifications or through Recognition
of Prior Learning
Progression route of candidates achieving
this qualification include:
Candidates exiting this qualification are able to enter TVET diploma in Multimedia
Pathways into the qualification
Pathways from the qualification
3 | P a g e
2.5 Employability skills and life skills
Through the generic modules, individuals with this qualification have acquired the life and
employability skills to meet the following industry or enterprise requirements:
Communication
Documenting technical work in plain English
Writing and presenting reports
Safety and security precautions
Working collaboratively with project team members
Health and environment
Health reproduction
Rwanda environmental protection, practices rules and regulations
Business Plan
Producing a small IT business plan
Planning and organizing
Preparing feasibility reports that take into account project scope, time, cost, quality,
communications and risk management
Self-management
Taking responsibility for own outputs in relation to specified quality standards
working according to the Rwandan Computer Society Code of Ethics regarding security, legal,
moral and ethical issues
4 | P a g e
Technology
Manipulate computer
Using the internet
Languages other than Kinyarwanda
Using English as the medium of communication in the working environment
5 | P a g e
Number of competencies: 19 Core competencies : 8 Complementary competencies : 11 The total number of Credits: 120
2.6 Information about competencies
No Code Complementary competencies Credit
1 CCMOL501 Describe the occupation and learning process 3
2 CCMMS501 Monitor occupational SHE at workplace 3
3 CCMUE501 Maintain professional conversation in upper-intermediate English 3
4 CCMKN501 Gukoresha ikinyarwanda cy’intyoza 3
5 CCMSE501 Work in a socially diverse environment 3
6 CCMIW501 Use ICT at workplace 3
7 CCMBO501 Organize a business 3
8 CCMPE501 Apply professional ethics 3
9 CCMFT501 Pratiquer les techniques d’expression orale et écrite 3
10 CCMMK501 Kujadili Mawasiliano mbali mbali ya Kiofisi katika Kiswahili 3
11 CCMIA501 Integrate workplace 30
Total 60
No Code Core competencies Credit
GEN
ERA
L
1. GENAM501 Apply general mathematics 7
SPEC
IFIC
2. MMDSS501 Setup Sound System 8
3. MMDAP501 Produce Audio 10
4. MMD2D501 Conceive 2D Drawings 10
5. MMDSW501 Write Script 6
6. MMDSP501 Prepare Shotlist 5
7. MMDCO 501 Construct Storyboard Panels 6
8. MMDVE501 Edit Video 8
Total 60
6 | P a g e
3. TRAINING PACKAGE
The training package includes the competencies chart, the flowchart, the
modules, the course structure, and the assessment guidelines.
3.1 Course structure
The course structure describes the learning outcomes for each learning unit. These learning
outcomes are the essential skills and knowledge to be acquired. The contents to be covered for
each learning outcome are prescriptive. The Learning Activities contain a series of suggestions,
usually with several options, that will guide the learner and the trainer.
3.2 Competencies chart
The competencies chart is a table that presents an overview of the specific competencies, the
general competencies, the work process and the time allocated to each competency. This table
provides an overall view of the competencies of the training program and allows identification
of the logical sequence of the learning of these competencies.
The competencies chart shows the relationship between general competencies and specific
competencies that are particular to the occupation, as well as the key stages of the work
process. It shows the links between the elements in the horizontal axis and those in the vertical
axis. The symbol (ο) marks a relationship between a general competency and specific
competency. The symbol (∆) indicates a relationship between a specific competency and a step
in the process of work. When the symbols are darkened, it indicates that the link is taken into
account in the description of the specific competency.
The competencies chart allows the trainer to consider the complexity of the competencies in
the organization of the progress of learning. Therefore, the vertical axis shows the specific
competencies in the order they should be acquired.
This is the starting point of the presentation of the competencies in the flowchart presented in
the following pages.
Section
3
7 | P a g e
MULTIMEDIA TECHNICIAN
PROCESS GENERAL AND COMPLEMENTARY COMPETENCIES
SPECIFIC COMPETENCIES
Du
rati
on
(5
30
Hrs
)
Des
ign
th
e p
roje
ct
Dev
elo
p t
he
pro
ject
Fin
alis
e th
e p
roje
ct
Exp
ort
th
e p
roje
ct
Des
crib
e th
e o
ccu
pat
ion
an
d le
arn
ing
pro
cess
Mo
nit
or
Occ
up
atio
nal
SH
E b
est
pra
ctic
es
Mai
nta
in p
rofe
ssio
nal
co
nve
rsat
ion
in u
pp
er-i
nte
rmed
iate
En
glis
h
Gu
kore
sha
ikin
yarw
and
a cy
’inty
oza
Pra
tiq
uer
les
tech
niq
ues
d'e
xpre
ssio
n o
rale
et
écri
te
Ku
jad
ii M
awas
ilian
o m
bal
i mb
ali y
a K
iofi
si k
atik
a K
isw
ahili
Wo
rk in
a s
oci
ally
div
erse
en
viro
nm
ent
Use
ICT
at w
ork
pla
ce
Org
aniz
e a
bu
sin
ess
Ap
ply
pro
fess
ion
al e
thic
s
Inte
grat
e w
ork
pla
ce
Ap
ply
gen
eral
mat
hem
atic
s
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Duration (670 Hrs) 3
0
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
0
70
1
Setup Sound System
80
▲ ▲ ▲
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
2
Produce Audio
100 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
3
Conceive 2D Drawings
100
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
4
Write Script
60 ▲ ▲ ▲
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
5
Prepare Shotlist
50 ▲ ▲ ▲
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
6
Construct Storyboard Panels
60 ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
7
Edit Video
80 ∆ ▲ ▲ ▲
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○
Figure 1: Competencies chart
Between the process and particular competencies | Between general and particular
competencies
▲: Functional link application ●: Functional link application
∆: Functional link existence ο: Functional link existence
8 | P a g e
3.4 Flowchart The flowchart of sequencing of learning is a schematic representation of the order of
acquisition of the competencies. It provides an overall planning of the entire training
programme and shows the relationship between the modules. This type of planning is to ensure
consistency and progression of learning. For each module, the flowchart shows the learning
that is already in place, the learning that is to take in parallel or later. The positions defined will
have a decisive impact on all subsequent pedagogical choices. The flowchart of the sequence of
learning of the modules of the training programme is presented on the following page.
General mathematics 7
Figure 2: Flowchart
2D Drawing conception 10
Script Writing 6
Shotlist Prepartion 5 Storyboard Panels Construction 6
Sound System Setup 8 Video Editing 8
Audio Production 10
Occupation and learning process 3
Upper intermediate workplace english 3
Ikinyarwanda cy’intyoza 3
Working in a socially diverse environment 3 ICT at workplace 3
Business organisation 3
Industrial attachment program (IAP) 30
Techniques d’expression orale
et ecrite en francais3
Mawasiliano mbali mbali ya
kiofisi katika kiswahili3
Monitoring of occupational SHE at work place 3
Professional Ethics 3
9 | P a g e
4. ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES
4.1 Assessment Methodology
To assess knowledge, practical, and application skills through a jury system of continuous
evaluation that encourages learners to display understanding of the principles in application to
set practical tasks and their attendant theory to assess self-learning.
4.2 Portfolio
A portfolio is a collection of learner work representing learner performance. It is a folder (or
binder or even a digital collection) containing the learner’s work as well as the learner’s
evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of the work. Portfolios reflect not only work
produced (such as papers and assignments, direct demonstration, indirect demonstration,
products, documents), but also it is a record of the activities undertaken over time as part of
learner learning. The portfolio is meant to show learner growth, development, and
achievements in the education system. It also shows that you have met specific learning goals
and requirements. A portfolio is not a project; it is an ongoing process for the formative
assessment. The portfolio output (formative assessment) will be considered only as enough for
complementary and general modules. Besides, it will serve as a verification tool for each
candidate that he/she attended the whole training before he/she undergoes the summative
assessment for specific modules.
There are two types of assessment (Formative Assessment and Summative/Integrated
Assessment). Each assessment has its own rule for passing to be declared competent.
Formative Assessment
This is applied on all types of modules (e.g. Complementary, General and Specific modules)
A trainee to be competent for a formative module must have at least 70% on checked
items or “yes” in indicators (e.g. questions, indicators in the checklist)
Each trainee should be competent on all formative assessments to be declared competent
on that module
All formative assessment should be declared competent before taking the
summative/integrated assessment
Summative/Integrated Assessment
Section
4
10 | P a g e
All Summative/Integrated assessment should match with the content of the module in the
curriculum.
Summative/Integrated Assessment is always in practical, giving it as a theoretical type of
assessment is not acceptable.
The integrated situation provided in the curriculum is a sample of the assessment to be
carried out, the Trainer/Teacher has the role of developing another one referring to the
task to be carried out in the integrated situation in accordance to the circumstances inside
school, but the integrated situation should stick on the components of a task.
During Summative/Integrated assessment, assessor panel members should be three (3).
This Summative/Integrated assessment can be seen in specific modules and the Trainee
can be declared competent by the following rules:
For YES or NO scoring of indicators in Summative/Integrated Checklist
The trainee can be declared competent based on the assessment CRITERIA and its respective
assessment indicators
Assessment Criteria Passing Line in the
assessment indicators
Quality of Process 90%
Quality of Product 100%
Relevance 90%
Rest of Criteria/ any other criteria
(example: Safety)
100%
Note: the Assessor should check if the 10% indicator (Quality of Process and Relevance) in
which the Trainee was not able to meet during Summative/Integrated Assessment should not
11 | P a g e
be among those indicators that can cause any hazard, or the one indicator that is performed
poorly where there is room for improvement.
1. During assessment, trainees with special needs (e.g. people with disability) should be
assisted accordingly.
2. Deputy School Manager in-charge of Studies, Class Teacher, and Trainer should consider
the status (competent/not yet competent) of trainees before delivering the next module
with pre-requisites.
3. Respect of flowchart particularly in considering the delivery of modules which has
prerequisite of a following/subsequent module is considered in issuing TVET certificate,
otherwise other modules can be given anytime.
4. All evidences during assessment (e.g. quiz, checklist, forms) should have a written form
that is compiled in the Trainer (source) and Trainee (result) portfolio. Portfolio is the
responsibility of School, Class Teacher, and Trainees. It should be given to trainees after
certification.
5. Industrial Attachment Program (IAP)
- All Trainees should finish and declared competent on all modules before taking IAP
module.
- Trainees should finish and declared competent on the 30 hours content of IAP
module written in the curriculum before they go to workplace or industry.
- The school should organize visit for all trainees in the workplace or industry to
confirm and assist IAP especially in filling up the logbook.
- An interview to the trainee should be conducted in the school after the IAP has
been completed and should be documented in the trainee portfolio.
- All completed logbooks should be part of the trainee portfolio.
12 | P a g e
13 | P a g e
C C M O L 0 0 1 - OCCUPATION AND LEARNING PROCESS
CCMOL001 Describe the occupation and learning process
RTQF Level: All Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: September, 2014
Purpose statement
This module is covered first in all qualifications. It allows the learner to get to know the other
participants to the training programme and to understand himself/herself as part of a team.
Also, the trainee will develop a comprehensive and clear vision of the occupation and the
training programme. The module will allow the participant to avoid mistakes of career guidance
and confirm or deny his/her choice from the start. The training and learning methods are
presented to the learner. This approach encourages greater motivation and, subsequently, a
better integration of various learning.
14 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment
1.1 Proper introduction of oneself 1.2 Appropriate integration in team 1.3 Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere
to them
2. Explain the occupation and learning process
2.1 Proper description of the main/major elements of occupation
2.2 Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification
3. Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods
3.1Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods
3.2 Adequate description of the assessment procedures
4. Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices
4.1 Proper identification of values, skills and interests 4.2 Proper assessment of values, skills and interests 4.3 Correct Setting of goals 4.4 Proper development of plans in order to reach the set
goals 4.5 Proper assessment of one’s learning style 4.6 Adequate identification of learning strategies
15 | P a g e
LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Introduce oneself and get to know one another 2. Integrate in team 3. Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
6 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Introduce oneself and get to know one another
Introductions
Expectations about the training
o Introduction o Game o Presentation of trainees’
expectations
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 1.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Proper introduction of oneself
Resources Learning activities Content
16 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Integrate in team
Working as a team
Building trust
o Games o Group discussions
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 1.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Performance criterion
Appropriate integration in team
Resources Learning activities Content
17 | P a g e
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Participate in setting rules and adhere to them
Rules of the classroom
Group responsibilities
o Brainstorming o Discussions o Assign class tasks
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 1.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Performance criterion
Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere to them
Resources Learning activities Content
18 | P a g e
Yes No
Observation
19 | P a g e
LU 2: Explain the occupation and learning process
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe the main/major elements of occupation 2. Explain about the one’s qualification
12 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the main/major elements of occupation
Characteristics of the occupation
Place of the occupation in the sector
The impact/importance of the occupation in economic development
Working conditions
o Group discussion o Personal research o Visit of a business in the
neighborhood
- Pictures of people in working situation
- Documents describing the occupation
- Documents describing the sector
Formative Assessment 2.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper description of the main/major elements of occupation
Resources Learning activities Content
20 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Explain about the one’s qualification
Rationale of the qualification
Content of the training programme (modules)
Duration Flowchart
Pathways (exit level & further learning)
Presentation of the timetable
Presentation of the classrooms and workshops
o Presentation by the teacher o Research o Visits of the premises of the
school.
- Overview of the training programme
- Testimonies of people performing the occupation
- School year calendar - Timetable
Formative Assessment 2.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification
Resources Learning activities Content
21 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
22 | P a g e
LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Engage in active and participatory learning methods 2. Describe the assessment procedures
2 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Engage in active and participatory learning methods
Overview of the active and participatory teaching and learning methods
Experiential learning cycle
o Experience sharing. o Presentation by the trainer
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 3.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods
Resources Learning activities Content
23 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe the assessment procedures
Assessment procedures Timing Assessors/verifiers Assessment tools (portfolio
& integrated situation)
o Presentation by the trainer - Assessment manual
Formative Assessment 3.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Adequate description of the assessment procedures
Resources Learning activities Content
24 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
25 | P a g e
LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify values, skills and interests 2. Assess values, skills and interests 3. Set goals 4. Develop plans 5. Assess one’s learning style
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify values, skills and interests
Values, skills and interests
Relating values, skills and interests to the workplace
o -
Formative Assessment 4.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Proper identification of values, skills and interests
Resources Learning activities Content
26 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Assess values, skills and interests
Skills & qualities assessment
Acceptance of diversity, self-esteem & confidence
o Individual work o Exercise on we are all unique
- individual assessment checklist
Formative Assessment 4.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Proper assessment of values, skills and interests
Resources Learning activities Content
27 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Set goals
SMART goals
Identification of goals Short term Long term
Process for setting and achieving goals:
Identifying steps Time frame Resources
o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed
pictures on setting & achieving goals
o Exercises on developing SMART goals
o Practical exercises on developing personal plans
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Correct Setting of goals
Resources Learning activities Content
28 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Develop plans
SMART goals
Identification of goals Short term Long term
Process for setting and achieving goals:
Identifying steps Time frame Resources
o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed
pictures on setting & achieving goals
o Exercises on developing SMART goals
o Practical exercises on developing personal plans
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.4
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Proper development of plans in order to reach the set goals
Resources Learning activities Content
29 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.5: Assess one’s learning style
Types of learning styles
Determining one’s preferred way of learning
Strategies for using one’s learning style in workplace/school
o Paper folding activities o Completing self-assessment
learning style o Scenario based activities
- Trainer manual
Formative Assessment 4.5
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Proper assessment of one’s learning style
Resources Learning activities Content
30 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.6: Identify learning strategies
Formative Assessment 4.6
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
o -
Performance criterion
Adequate identification of learning strategies
Resources Learning activities Content
31 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Reference books:
1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.
32 | P a g e
C C M M S 5 0 1 - MONITORING OF OCCUPATIONAL SHE AT WORKPLACE
CCMMS501 Monitor Occupational SHE best practices
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to perform OSHE monitoring
systems taken as instruments used for measurement and analysis in the area of occupational
safety and health. They are commonly used to inform and guide government policy. Typically,
these systems are used to give an indication of the number of work accidents or occupational
diseases, or they might record information about places of work, or about the activities of the
organizations involved in ensuring good working conditions. Moreover, the module describes
the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to monitor occupational safety, health and security
policies and procedures. Finally, the learner learns how to advice and train all employees on
health and safety matters.
33 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Conduct OSHE ( occupational safety
and health) monitoring
1.1 Proper checking of application of OSHE policies,
procedures and regulations
1.2 Proper monitoring of the use of PPEs
1.3 Proper monitoring the compliance of OSHE best
practice
2. Collect and analyze occupational
health, safety incidents report
2.1 Proper collection of data regarding OSHE incidents
2.2 proper analysis of OSHE data collected
2.3 Adequate elaboration of a compiled incident reports
2.4 Proper recommendation of safest way to do the job
3. Train all staff on occupational
health and safety matters
3.1 Appropriate provision of information and instructions
3.2 Appropriate training to all employees and supervisors
on OSHE standards/regulations
3.3 Proper evaluation of trained OSHE programs
34 | P a g e
LU 1: Conduct OSH (occupational safety and health) monitoring
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Check if SHE policies, procedures and regulations are applied 2. Monitor use of PPEs 3. Monitor compliance of OSHE best practice
10 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Check if SHE policies, procedures and regulations are applied
SHE policies in accordance with the
discipline
SHE regulations;
Safety roles of employees
Responsibility of
administration
Incident reporting
Ventilation and air quality
First aid facilities
Hazard control in
workplace
Equipment and machinery
Emergency response plans
SHE standards;
Responsibility in working
place
Hazard identification and
risk Control
Making the working area
o Brainstorming
o Documentary research
o Group discussion
- Flipcharts
- Markers
- Flipcharts stand
- Internet
Resources Learning activities Content
35 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Checking if OSHE policies, procedures and regulations are
applied
Checklist Score
Yes No
OSHE policies are checked
OSHE regulations are checked
OSHE standards are checked
Observation
safe
Personnel protective
equipment
Health of employees
Facilities
Reporting of incidents and
accidents
Emergency preparedness
procedures
Performance criterion
Proper checking of application of OSHE policies, procedures and regulations
36 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Monitor use of PPEs
Types of PPEs to be used
according to the trade
Physical verification of PPEs
Cleaning and storage of
materials, tools and
equipment
o Group discussion
o Practical exercise
- Checklist
- PPEs
- Brushes
- Store
- Shelter
- Shelves
- Pen
Formative Assessment 1.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Monitoring the use of PPEs
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of PPEs to be used according to the trade is checked
Physical verification of PPEs is done
Cleaning and storage of materials, tools and equipments are checked
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper monitoring of the use of PPEs
Resources Learning activities Content
37 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Monitor compliance of OSHE best practice
OSHE best practice
regulations
standards
Standards checklist to be
evaluated according to the
specific trade
o Brainstorming o Group discussion o Group work
Formative Assessment 1.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Monitoring the compliance of OSHE best practice
Checklist Score
Yes No
OSHE best practices are checked
List of standards to be evaluated according to the specific trade is checked
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper monitoring the compliance of OSHE best practice
Resources Learning activities Content
38 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.1: Collect data regarding OSHE incidents
Steps of data collection; o Consulting of incident
report documents o Talk to people involved or
witnesses to the event o Site visit
Categories of incidents; Major accident
fatal permanent injury
Minor accident (injuries) Near miss
o Small group discussions o Pair discussion o Brainstorming
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.1
LU 2: Collect and analyze Occupational health, safety incidents report
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Collect data regarding OSHE incidents 2. Analyze OSHE data collected 3. Elaborate compiled incident reports 4. Recommend safest way to do the job
10 Hours
Resources Learning activities Content
39 | P a g e
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Collecting data regarding OSHE incidents in working area
Checklist Score
Yes No
Steps of data collection are followed
Categories of incidents are identified
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Analyze OSHE data collected
Root and causes of incident; Poor management
laziness stupidity forgetfulness negligence ignorance
o Small group discussions o Pair discussion o Brainstorming
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Didactic materials
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper collection of data regarding OSHE incidents
40 | P a g e
Influencing factors associated with the work
environment individual physical abilities,
organization and its management
system Overload Poor procedures Inadequate training Low motivation
Impact of incidents Social impact
loss of manpower medical expenses
Economic impact poor production, closer of the
company compensation repairs
Physical effects permanent injuries, loss of ability to
handle materials, persistent pain headaches
Psychological effects anxiety, depression
Formative Assessment 2.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper analysis of OSHE data collected
41 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Analyzing the OSHE data collected
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of root and causes of incident
Identification of impact of incidents
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Elaborate compiled incident reports
Type of incident reports; Monthly report Quarterly report Annual report
Categories of incidents; Major accident
fatal permanent injury
Minor accident (injuries) Near miss
Template of incidents
o Small group discussions o Pair discussion o Brainstorming
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Adequate elaboration of a compiled incident reports
Resources Learning activities Content
42 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Elaborating a compiled incident reports
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of incident reports are identified
Categories of incidents are identified
Template of incidents is well filled
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 4: Recommend safest way to do the job
Use of PPEs
Emergency preparedness procedures
hazard identification and risk control
making the working area safe
reporting of incidents and accidents
Training of employees
o Small group discussions o Pair discussion o Brainstorming
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Didactic materials
Formative Assessment 2.4
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper recommendation of safest way to do the job
Resources Learning activities Content
43 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Recommending the safest way to do the job
Checklist Score
Yes No
Use of adequate PPEs is recommended
Emergency Preparedness Procedures is recommended
Hazard Identification And Risk Control is recommended
Making The Working Area Safe is recommended
Reporting Of Incidents And Accidents is recommended
Training of employees is recommended
Observation
44 | P a g e
LU 3: Train all staff on occupational health and safety matters
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Provide information and instructions 2. Train all employees and supervisors on OSHE
standards/regulations 3. Evaluate trained OSHE programs
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Provide information and instructions
Brief description of:
An occupational health and safety
(OH&S) program
A policy statement
The program elements
Individual responsibility
Joint occupational health and
safety committee
Health and safety rules
Correct work procedures
Employee orientation
Training
Workplace inspections
Reporting and investigating
accidents/incidents
Emergency procedures
Medical and first aid
Health and safety promotion
Workplace specific items
o Brainstorming
o Group work
o Discussion
- Reference books
- Internet
- Hand-outs
- Stories and
pictures
Resources Learning activities Content
45 | P a g e
Responsibilities of the staff:
Responsibilities of workers
Using personal protection
and safety equipment as
required by the employer.
Following safe work
procedures
Knowing and complying with
all regulations.
Reporting any injury or
illness immediately
Reporting unsafe acts and
unsafe conditions
Participating in joint health
and safety committees or as
the representative
Responsibilities of supervisor
Instructing workers to
follow safe work practices.
Enforcing health and safety
regulations.
Correcting unsafe acts and
unsafe conditions.
Ensuring that only
authorized, adequately
trained workers operate
equipment.
Reporting and investigating
all accidents/incidents.
Inspecting own area and
taking remedial action to
minimize or eliminate
hazards.
Ensuring equipment is
properly maintained
Promoting safety
awareness in workers
Responsibilities of management
Providing a safe and healthful
workplace.
Establishing and maintaining a
46 | P a g e
health and safety program.
Ensuring workers are trained
or certified as required.
Reporting accidents/incidents
and cases of occupational
disease to the appropriate
authority
Providing medical and first aid
facilities
Ensuring personal protective
equipment is available
Providing workers with health
and safety information
Supporting supervisors in their
health and safety activities
Evaluating health and safety
performance of supervisors
Formative Assessment 3.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice
True or false question
Matching
Sentence completion
Ticking
Expose (presentation)
Task: Providing information and instructions on occupational health
and safety matters
Performance criterion
Appropriate provision of information and instructions
47 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
A brief description of an occupational health and safety (OH&S) program is provided
A brief description of A policy statement is provided
A brief description of the program elements is provided
Responsibilities of the staff are described (workers, supervisor, Management staff)
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Train all employees and supervisors on OSHE standards/regulations
Training on SHE regulations
Safety roles of employees
Responsibility of administration
Incident reporting
Ventilation and air quality
First aid facilities
Hazard control in workplace
Equipment and machinery
Emergency response plans
Training on SHE standards
Responsibility in working place
Hazard identification and risk
control
Making the working area safe
Personnel protective
equipment
Health of employees
Facilities
Reporting of incidents and
accidents
Emergency preparedness
Procedures
o Brainstorming
o Group work
o Discussion
- Reference
books
- Internet
- Hand-outs
- Stories and
pictures
Resources Learning activities Content
48 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Providing information on OSHE standards/regulations
Checklist Score
Yes No
A brief description of SHE regulations is provided
A brief description of SHE standards is provided
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate training to all employees and supervisors on OSHE
standards/regulations
49 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Evaluate trained OSHE programs
Evaluation forms
Learning assessment Questions and responses, topic of discussion
Training impact assessment
o Brainstorming o Group work o Discussion
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Stories and
pictures
Formative Assessment 3.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Evaluating trained OSHE program
Checklist Score
Yes No
Evaluation forms are well developed
Learning assessment (Questions and responses, topic of discussion…) is well developed
Training impact assessment is well developed
Observation
Reference:
Performance criterion
Proper evaluation of trained OSHE programs
Resources Learning activities Content
50 | P a g e
1. Occupational Risk Control : Predicting and Preventing the Unwanted by Viner,Derek , ISBN:
9781472419712, Publication Date: 2015
2. OSHA General Industry regulations Book, 29 CFR 1910 Paperback- July1,2014 y MANCOMM Inc.
(Author, Editor)
3. OH&S : a management guide by Richard Archer, Kerry Borthwick, Susanne Tepe. Publication
Date: 2009
4. G:\\Basic OH&S Program Elements OSH Answers.htm
5. https://www.rospa.com/occupational-safety/advice/training-matters/
6. https://www.3tonline.fi/incident-reporting
7. http://www.safety.uwa.edu.au/topics/plant/inspection
8. http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/causdis/index.htm
9. https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/job-haz.html
51 | P a g e
C C M U E 5 0 1 - UPPER INTERMEDIATE WORKPLACE ENGLISH
CCMUE501 Maintain professional conversation in upper-intermediate English
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: January, 2017
Purpose statement
This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes to be acquired for the trainee’s. The trainee
will be able to Prepare and deliver speeches at different social and professional occasions, Adaptation of
speech messages to a particular audience, Ask questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas, Produce
medium compositions on different trade-related subjects, Identify and differentiate different business
documents, Effective writing of different business documents, Identify and use of writing styles, read
different trade-related texts, Apply reading techniques to selected trade-related texts, Explain key
terms/words in their context, Answer reading comprehension questions precisely, Analyze different trade-
related texts,Summarize trade-related texts (in own words), identify differences between common English
accents, Listen and respond to users of common English their accents, Reporting information listened to from
different common accents, Steps of speech preparation and delivery, Important tips on speech delivery,
Requirements to properly articulate information, Analyse trade-related texts, Summarise texts
52 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Oral Basic English Communication Oral Basic English Communication Intermediate Workplace English Use intermediate English at the workplace
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
Communicate orally in social and
professional situations with ease
1.1 Acceptable preparation and delivery of speeches on different social and professional occasions
1.2 Audible and clear articulation of messages addressed to an audience using pronunciation, segmental and Suprasegmental phonology
1.3 Asking relevant questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to question forms
Read correctly a range of
materials
2.1 Adequate reading of different trade-related texts 2.2 Clear analysis of trade-related texts (identification and
description of characters, events and settings, as well as to express preferences by giving reasons)
2.3 Effective summary of key ideas in trade-related texts 2.4 Effective use of knowledge of events’ sequence to describe
a situation when rephrasing information from the texts
Listen to audio messages with
different English accents to get
the intended message
3.1 Appropriate listening and responding to others 3.2 Clear identification of differences between common
English accents 3.3 Accurate reporting of information listened to in different
accents
Produce a variety of medium
texts on professional and general
topics
4.1 Clear and detailed writing about a wide range of trade-related subjects.
4.2 Effective differentiation of business documents (inventory, memos,letters, handovers, receipts, minutes)
4.3 Appropriate writing of business documents 4.4 Appropriate use of writing style applicable to each type of
business document
53 | P a g e
LU 1: Communicate orally in social and professional situations with ease
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Prepare speeches for different social and professional occasions 2. Deliver speeches to an audience 3. Ask questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to
question forms
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Prepare speeches for different social and professional occasions
Steps for speech preparation and delivery Step 1: Research and
Preparation Step 2: Writing Your
Speech Step 3: Practicing Step 4: Putting
Together Visual Aids Step 5: Handling the
Q&A
Important tips for speech delivery
Dos and Don’ts on speech delivery
Requirements to articulate message Pronunciation Speed Tone
o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays
Flip charts
White/chalk Board
Markers
Microphones
Reference books
Scenarios
Stationeries
Scenarios
Projector
Lesson plan
Trainee manual
Reference books
Resources Learning activities Content
54 | P a g e
Identification of categories of audience Familiar audience Non-familiar
audience Adaptation of the
message to the audience
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Writing practice
Task:
Write a 5 minutes’ speech on a topic of choice to be presented to
the class.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding steps for speech preparation
Language use
Observation
Performance criterion
Acceptable preparation and delivery of speeches on different social and professional occasions
55 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Deliver speeches to an audience
Steps for speech preparation and delivery Step 1: Research and
Preparation Step 2: Writing Your
Speech Step 3: Practicing Step 4: Putting Together
Visual Aids Step 5: Handling the Q&A
Important tips for speech delivery
Dos and Don’ts on speech delivery
Requirements to articulate message Pronunciation Speed Tone
Identification of categories of audience Familiar audience Non-familiar audience Adaptation of the
message to the audience
o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays
Flip charts
White/chalk Board
Markers
Microphones
Reference books
Scenarios
Stationeries
Scenarios
Projector
Lesson plan
Trainee manual
Reference books
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Audible and clear articulation of messages addressed to an audience using pronunciation, segmental and Suprasegmental phonology
Resources Learning activities Content
56 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Presentation
Task
Deliver a 5 minutes’ speech on a topic of choice to the class.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding steps for speech preparation
Language use
Tips for speech delivery
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Ask questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to question
forms
Question forms Yes/No questions Wh-questions Choice questions Hypothetical questions Embedded questions Leading questions
o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays o Group work
Scenarios
White/blackboard
Reference books
Markers
Flip charts
Paper
Stationeries
Formative Assessment 1.3
Performance criterion
Asking relevant questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to
question forms
Resources Learning activities Content
57 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Discussions Presentations
Task:
Answer at least 3 questions from the audience on your 5-minute speech.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Question formulation
Understanding the audience
Message articulation
Observation
58 | P a g e
LU 2: Read correctly a range of materials
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Read different trade-related texts adequately 2. Analyse trade-related texts 3. Summarize key ideas in trade-related texts
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Read different trade-related texts adequately
Types of texts Expository Narrative Descriptive Directive Argumentative
Application of reading techniques on selected texts
Reading for details Reading for specific
information
Explanation of key terms/words in the text
Provision of answers to reading comprehension questions
o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Group work o Presentation
- Flip charts - White/chalk Board - Markers - Reference books - Stationeries - Projector - Lesson plan - Trainee manual
Formative Assessment 2.1
Resources Learning activities Content
59 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Reading practice Presentations Matching
Multiple choice Task: Using an appropriate reading strategy, read the text provided to you
and answer its comprehension questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of texts
Application of reading texts
Answering comprehension questions
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Analyse trade-related texts
Identification and description Text Structure Purpose of the text Style
Technicality Illustration Prose or verse
Writer’s stance
o Practical exercise o Presentation o Roleplay o Group discussion
Scenarios
White/blackboard
Reference books
Markers
Flip charts
Paper
Stationeries
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Adequate reading of different trade-related texts
60 | P a g e
Lesson plan
Trainee manual
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Reading practice Presentations Multiple choice
Task: Read the text provided by the teacher and explain its purpose
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of texts
Application of reading texts
Answering comprehension questions
Identification of text purpose
Observation
Performance criterion
Clear analysis of trade-related texts (identification and description of characters, events and settings, as well as to express preferences by giving reasons)
61 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Summarize key ideas in trade-related texts
Steps to summarize: Keep the most
important ideas Get rid of the less
important details Write in own
words
o Practical exercise o Presentation o Group work
- White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Paper - Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Reading practice Writing practice Presentations
Task: Summarize the text given by the teacher
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of summary writing steps
Observation
Performance criterion
Effective summary of key ideas in trade-related texts
Resources Learning activities Content
62 | P a g e
LU 3: Listen to audio messages with different English accents to get the intended message
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Listen and respond to others correctly 2. Identify differences between common English accents clearly 3. Report information listened to in different accents accurately
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Listen and respond to others correctly
Application of active listening strategies to different accents Listening for General information Listening for Specific information
Responding to different accents Responding through Interactions
Asking for clarification Expressing satisfaction
o Modelling o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays
Flip charts
White/chalk Board
Audiovisual materials
Scenarios
Stationeries
Projector
Computer
Lesson plan
Trainee manual
Recordings
Resources Learning activities Content
63 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Listening practice Discussions True or false questions
Task: Following your teacher’s instructions, listen and respond to what you hear.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Application of active listening strategies
Responding to audio messages
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Identify differences between common English accents clearly
Introduction to English accents Defining an English accent Common English accents
Differences between American and British English Vowel Pronunciation Consonant pronunciation
o Practical exercise o Drilling/ o Modeling o Presentation o Roleplay
- Scenarios - White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Stationeries - Audiovisual material - Recordings
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Appropriate listening and responding to others
64 | P a g e
Rhotic accent Change of stress Changes in articulation
- Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Listening practice Discussions True or false questions Note taking
Task: Listen to two different recordings played by the teacher and identify
the differences between the accents of both speakers
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of Differences between American and British accents
Observation
Performance criterion
Clear identification of differences between common English accents
65 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Report information listened to in different accents accurately
Types of listening Informative listening Discriminative listening Relationship listening Appreciative listening
Reporting information General information Specific information
o Practical exercise o Presentation o Drilling/ o Modelling
Scenarios White/blackb
oard Reference
books Markers Flip charts Audiovisual
materials Recordings Stationeries
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Listening practice
Discussions
Presentations
Task:
Listen and report to the information you hear from each recording
played to you by the teacher
Performance criterion
Accurate reporting of information listened to in different accents
Resources Learning activities Content
66 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Listening strategies
Understanding of Differences between American and British accents
Types of listening
Reporting information accurately
Observation
67 | P a g e
LU 4: Produce a variety of medium texts on professional and general topics
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Write about a wide range of trade-related subjects clearly 2. Differentiate business documents effectively 3. Write business documents perfectly 4. Use writing style applicable to each type of business document
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Write about a wide range of trade-related subjects clearly
Varieties of writing Chronological writing Analytical writing Descriptive writing Compare and
contrast writing Evaluative writing Summary writing
The Writing processes Exploring and
planning Drafting Making global
revisions and revising sentences
Building effective paragraphs
o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Group work
- Flip charts - White/chalk Board - Markers - Reference books - Stationeries - Projector - Lesson plan - Trainee manual
Formative Assessment 4.1
Resources Learning activities Content
68 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance
Writing practice Presentations
Task: Write a short text analysing an important issue affecting your career
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding of varieties of writing
Writing processes
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Differentiate business documents effectively
Identification and differentiation of business documents Business plans and Goals
Business proposals Concept notes
Accounting Documents Financial reports Financial statements Goods received note Purchase order Goods delivery note
o Practical exercise o Brainstorming o Presentation o Documentary
research o Group work o Roleplay
- Scenarios - White/blackboar
d - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Stationeries - Lesson plan - Trainee manual
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Clear and detailed writing about a wide range of trade-related subjects
69 | P a g e
Requisition Customer service documents Business reports
Annual reports Term reports Quarterly report Activity/Operation
reports Operational documents
Contracts Business letters Memorandum of
Understanding
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral
Performance
Writing practice Discussions Presentations Multiple choice Matching
Task: Name at least 4 different types of business documents and specify their
differences
Performance criterion
Effective differentiation of business documents (inventory, memos,letters, handovers, receipts, minutes)
70 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Identification of business documents
Awareness of characteristics of business documents
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Write business documents perfectly
Steps to write business documents Identifying the
audience Identifying the
document’s purpose Organizing your
writing Proofreading the
business document Editing the business
document
o Practical exercise o Documentary research o Presentation o Group work
- White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Paper - Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate writing of business documents
Resources Learning activities Content
71 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Writing practice Presentation
Task:
Write a business of a project you would implements upon graduation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Awareness of steps to write a business documents
Structure of business documents
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4: Use writing style applicable to each type of business document
Tips to business writing style
Formatting a business document
o Practical writing exercises o Group work o Documentary research o Presentation
- White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Writing practice
Performance criterion
Appropriate use of writing style applicable to each type of business document
Resources Learning activities Content
72 | P a g e
Performance evidence
Presentation Matching
Task:
Using the appropriate writing style for each business document, write a memo and business letter on a topic of your choice.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Application business document writing styles
Layout of business documents by type
Language use
Observation
73 | P a g e
C C M K N 5 0 1 - IKINYARWANDA K’INTYOZA
CCMKN501 GUKORESHA IKINYARWANDA K’INTYOZA
Ikiciro: 3 Amasaha ateganijwe
Credits: 3 30
Ishami: Yose
Agashami: Twose
Igihe yateguriwe: Ukuboza, 2016
Intego nyamukuru
Iyi mbumbanyigisho irasobanura ubumenyi n’ubushobozi bukenewe kugira ngo uwiga ashobore :
Gukoresha ikinyarwanda k’intyoza mu kumva, kuvuga, gusoma no kwandika, mu bikorwa bijyanye n’umwuga we.
Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko mu gushyikirana n’abandi abagezaho ibitekerezo bye kandi agaragaza uko yakira ibyabo.
Kugaragaza imyumvire n’imyifatire ikwiye agenda avoma mu myandiko, inkurushusho n’ikinamico binyuranye.
Kugereranya ingeri zinyuranye z’ubuvanganzo nyarwanda.
Guhanga no kumurika mu rurimi rw’ikinyarwanda afatiye ku ngeri zinyuranye z’imyandiko.
Gukoresha neza ibinyazina bitandukanye.
Kwandika neza amazina bwite anyuranye.
74 | P a g e
Ubushobozi fatizo
Ubushobozi mu Kinyarwanda k’ibanze
Ingingo n’ibipimo by’ubushobozi
Ingingo z’ubushobozi zisobanura umusaruro w’ibanze ugomba kugerwaho.
Ibipimo by’ubushobozi bisobanura ubushobozi busabwa mu kugaragaza ko intego zikubiye mu mbumbe
zagezweho.
Ingingo z’Ubushobozi Ibipimo by’Ubushobozi
1. Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko ashyikirana n’abandi.
1.1 Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye .
1.2 Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho. 1.3 Gusoma neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango
n’isesekaza. 1.4 Guhindura inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza
ingingo. 1.5 Guhimba no kwandika inkurushusho.
2. Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gukemura amakimbirane no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.
2.1. Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 2.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 2.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 2.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura
amakimbirane. 2.6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
3. Gukangurira abandi akamaro k’isuku n’isukura no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.
3.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
3.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 3.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 3.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura. 3.6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
4. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gutunganya ubutaka no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.
4.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
4.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 4.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
75 | P a g e
4.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye y’ubutaka.
4.6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
5. Gukoresha neza uburyo bunyuranye bw’ ubwumvane no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
5.1. Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvanemu ngiro zitandukanye.
5.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico. 5.3. Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo. 5.4. Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro. 5.5. Gukoresha neza inzego z’ururimi. 5.6. Kubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite.
76 | P a g e
LU 1: Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko ashyikirana n’abandi
1
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye
2. Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho. 3. Gusoma neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango n’isesekaza. 4. Guhindura inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza ingingo. 5. Guhimba no kwandika inkurushusho
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inkurushusho
Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Inshamake
y’inkurushusho; inshoza n’uturango
by’inkurushusho; isomo ry’ingenzi; ihimbankuru; isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Udukino dufatiye ku nkurushusho
o Gusoma inkurushusho bucece.
o Gusoma inkurushusho mu matsinda bashaka: - Ibisobanuro
by’amagambo akomeye; - Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva inkurushusho no kumurika ibivuyemo;
Uturango tw’inkurushusho.
o Gusoma inkurushusho uwiga aranguruye ;
o Gusoma inkurushusho bakuranwa ;
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nkurushusho n’indangagaciro;
o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire
˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo (inkurushusho) ;
˗ Ibinyamakuru bikoresha inkurushusho ;
˗ Sede (cd); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
77 | P a g e
y’abantu; o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda
kiboneye agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’inkurushusho;
o Guhina mu magambo inkurushusho;
o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi; o Guhimba udukino dufatiye ku
nkurushusho.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo
inkurushusho
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje neza Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva
inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye
78 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.2: Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho.
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inkurushusho
Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Inshamake
y’inkurushusho; inshoza n’uturango
by’inkurushusho; isomo ry’ingenzi; ihimbankuru; isesekaza
n’utwatuzo.
Udukino dufatiye ku
nkurushusho
o Gusoma inkurushusho bucece.
o Gusoma inkurushusho mu matsinda bashaka: - Ibisobanuro
by’amagambo akomeye; - Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva inkurushusho no kumurika ibivuyemo;
Uturango tw’inkurushusho.
o Gusoma inkurushusho uwiga aranguruye ;
o Gusoma inkurushusho bakuranwa ;
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nkurushusho n’indangagaciro;
o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire y’abantu;
o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’inkurushusho;
o Guhina mu magambo inkurushusho;
o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi; o Guhimba udukino dufatiye
ku nkurushusho.
˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo (inkurushusho) ;
˗ Ibinyamakuru bikoresha inkurushusho ;
˗ Sede (cd); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.2
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
79 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Insanganyamatsiko
Inyunguramagambo
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
Isomo ry’ingenzi
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.3: Gusoma neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango n’isesekaza.
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inkurushusho
Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Inshamake
y’inkurushusho; inshoza n’uturango
by’inkurushusho;
o Gusoma inkurushusho bucece.
o Gusoma inkurushusho mu matsinda bashaka: - Ibisobanuro
by’amagambo akomeye; - Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva inkurushusho no kumurika ibivuyemo;
Uturango tw’inkurushusho.
o Gusoma inkurushusho uwiga aranguruye ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo (inkurushusho) ;
˗ Ibinyamakuru bikoresha inkurushusho ;
˗ Sede (cd); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho
80 | P a g e
isomo ry’ingenzi; ihimbankuru; isesekaza
n’utwatuzo.
Udukino dufatiye ku
nkurushusho
o Gusoma inkurushusho bakuranwa ;
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nkurushusho n’indangagaciro;
o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire y’abantu;
o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’inkurushusho;
o Guhina mu magambo inkurushusho;
o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi; o Guhimba udukino dufatiye
ku nkurushusho.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’isomwa ry’inkurushusho
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango n’isesekaza.
81 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.4: Guhindura inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inkurushusho
Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Inshamake
y’inkurushusho; inshoza n’uturango
by’inkurushusho; isomo ry’ingenzi; ihimbankuru; isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Udukino dufatiye ku nkurushusho
o Gusoma inkurushusho bucece.
o Gusoma inkurushusho mu matsinda bashaka: - Ibisobanuro
by’amagambo akomeye; - Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva inkurushusho no kumurika ibivuyemo;
Uturango tw’inkurushusho.
o Gusoma inkurushusho uwiga aranguruye ;
o Gusoma inkurushusho bakuranwa ;
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nkurushusho n’indangagaciro;
o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire y’abantu;
o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’inkurushusho;
o Guhina mu magambo inkurushusho;
o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi; o Guhimba udukino dufatiye ku
nkurushusho.
˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo (inkurushusho) ;
˗ Ibinyamakuru bikoresha inkurushusho ;
˗ Sede (cd); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinduye inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza ingingo
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
82 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku dukino tw’inkuru n’inkuru shusho
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Udukino dufatiye ku nkurushusho
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.5: Guhimba no kwandika inkurushusho.
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inkurushusho
Insanganyamatsiko; Inyunguramagambo; ingingo z’umuco
n’amateka; Inshamake
y’inkurushusho; inshoza n’uturango
by’inkurushusho; isomo ry’ingenzi; ihimbankuru; isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Udukino dufatiye ku nkurushusho
o Gusoma inkurushusho bucece.
o Gusoma inkurushusho mu matsinda bashaka: - Ibisobanuro
by’amagambo akomeye; - Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva inkurushusho no kumurika ibivuyemo;
Uturango tw’inkurushusho.
o Gusoma inkurushusho uwiga aranguruye ;
o Gusoma inkurushusho bakuranwa ;
o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nkurushusho n’indangagaciro;
o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire y’abantu;
o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;
o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
o Gusobanura inshoza
˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo (inkurushusho) ;
˗ Ibinyamakuru bikoresha inkurushusho ;
˗ Sede (cd); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
83 | P a g e
n’uturango by’inkurushusho; o Guhina mu magambo
inkurushusho; o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi; o Guhimba udukino dufatiye ku
nkurushusho.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Inyandiko y’inkurushusho
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihimbankuru
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahimbye anandika inkurushusho
84 | P a g e
LU 2: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gukemura amakimbirane no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.
2
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura
amakimbirane mu muryango 6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane abinyujije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco ;
Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);
ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.
o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.
o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
85 | P a g e
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.
Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga
kumva umwandiko. o Bamurika mu ruhame
ibyavuye mu matsinda. o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda
ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho y’uwiga ateze amatwi umwandiko atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye;
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku
nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye abinyujije mu ngiro
zitandukanye.
86 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.2: Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco ;
Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);
ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.
Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.
o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.
o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko.
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda.
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
87 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku bibazo byo kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco;
Indangagaciro z’imibereho n’imibanire myiza y’abanyarwanda;
Ingingo z’amateka
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.3: Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi;
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
88 | P a g e
Ingingo z’umuco ;
Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);
ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.
Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga
mu mwandiko. o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda
kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.
o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.
o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko.
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda.
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ry’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
89 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco ;
Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);
ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.
o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.
o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko.
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda.
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
90 | P a g e
Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho, amajwi n’inyandiko z’ihimba, imurika n’ihinamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura
amakimbirane mu muryango.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri;
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
91 | P a g e
Ingingo z’umuco ;
Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);
ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.
Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga
insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.
o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.
o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko.
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda.
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amashusho n’amajwi y’imurika ry’ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu
muryango
92 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.6: Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco ;
Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);
ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.
indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;
Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.
Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.
o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.
o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko.
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda.
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
93 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 2.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Inyandiko y’ibisubizo ku binyazina
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibinyazina
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye
94 | P a g e
LU 3: Gukangurira abandi akamaro k’isuku n’isukura no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.
3
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneyen uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura. 6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneyen uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;
ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo
Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
95 | P a g e
Ibinyazina Ngenera ngenga Ndafutura/ndasigura Mpamagazi
o -Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda ;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka z’umwanda.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku
kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.
96 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;
ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
Ibinyazina Ngenera
ngenga Ndafutura/n
dasigura Mpamagazi
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka: o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo
akomeye; o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva umwandiko; o -Bamurika mu ruhame
ibyavuye mu matsinda ; o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda,
ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura. o Gukora inshamake
y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka
z’umwanda. o Gutahura imikoreshereze
y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
97 | P a g e
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.2
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Insanganyamatsiko
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inyunguramagambo;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri;
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
98 | P a g e
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;
ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
Ibinyazina Ngenera
ngenga Ndafutura/n
dasigura Mpamagazi
ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka: o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo
akomeye; o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo
kumva umwandiko; o -Bamurika mu ruhame
ibyavuye mu matsinda ; o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda,
ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura. o Gukora inshamake
y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka
z’umwanda. o Gutahura imikoreshereze
y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’isomwa ry’umwandiko
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
99 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;
ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o -Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda ;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura.
o Gukora inshamake
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo
Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
100 | P a g e
Ibinyazina Ngenera ngenga Ndafutura/ndasigura Mpamagazi
y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka
z’umwanda. o Gutahura imikoreshereze
y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ihina n’ihimbamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihinamwandiko ku ku isuku n’isukura
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
101 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;
ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
Ibinyazina Ngenera ngenga Ndafutura/ndasigura Mpamagazi
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o -Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda ;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka z’umwanda.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo
Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.5
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
102 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ngero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.6: Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.
Inyunguramagambo;
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;
Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;
ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo
Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura
103 | P a g e
Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;
Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.
Ibinyazina Ngenera ngenga Ndafutura/ndasigura Mpamagazi
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o -Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda ;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka z’umwanda.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 3.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo by’imyitozo ku binyazina
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ibinyazina
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye
104 | P a g e
LU 4: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gutunganya ubutaka no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye
4
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye
2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye
y’ubutaka. 6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;
ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;
inyunguramagambo;
insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
indangangakiro na kirazira;
ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;
ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;
ihimbamwandiko.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka: o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo
akomeye; o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva
umwandiko; o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu
matsinda; o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza
isesekaza. o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda,
ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
105 | P a g e
Ikinyazina:
Mbaza
Mboneranteko
Nyamubaro
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko. o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo
kudacunga neza ubutaka. o Gutahura imikoreshereze
y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku
mitunganyirize y’ubutaka abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye
106 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;
ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;
inyunguramagambo;
insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
indangangakiro na kirazira;
ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;
ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;
ihimbamwandiko.
Ikinyazina:
Mbaza
Mboneranteko
Nyamubaro
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kudacunga neza ubutaka.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.2
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
107 | P a g e
suzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku bisubizo byo kumva umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo
Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko
Indangangakiro na kirazira
Ingingo z’amateka n’umuco
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;
ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;
inyunguramagambo;
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.
108 | P a g e
insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
indangangakiro na kirazira;
ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;
ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;
ihimbamwandiko.
Ikinyazina:
Mbaza
Mboneranteko
Nyamubaro
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kudacunga neza ubutaka.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku isomwa ry’umwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.
109 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;
ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;
inyunguramagambo;
insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
indangangakiro na kirazira;
ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;
ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;
ihimbamwandiko.
Ikinyazina:
Mbaza
Mboneranteko
Nyamubaro
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kudacunga neza ubutaka.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.4
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
110 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ihimba n’imurikamwandiko
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ihimbamwandiko;
Umwanzuro
111 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye
y’ubutaka.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;
ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;
inyunguramagambo;
insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
indangangakiro na kirazira;
ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;
ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;
ihimbamwandiko.
Ikinyazina:
Mbaza
Mboneranteko
Nyamubaro
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kudacunga neza ubutaka.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yamuritse ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye y’ubutaka
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
112 | P a g e
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho ku ngero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize y’ubutaka
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize y’ubutaka
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.6: Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.
Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;
ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;
inyunguramagambo;
insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;
indangangakiro na kirazira;
ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;
ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;
ihimbamwandiko.
o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.
o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.
o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:
o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;
o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;
o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda;
o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.
o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.
˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga
ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;
˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;
˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
113 | P a g e
Ikinyazina:
Mbaza
Mboneranteko
Nyamubaro
o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.
o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kudacunga neza ubutaka.
o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 4.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku mikoreshereze y’ibinyazina
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ikinyazina
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye
114 | P a g e
LU 5: Gukoresha neza uburyo bunyuranye bw ’ ubwumvane no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.
5
Umusaruro w’inyigisho:
1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane mu ngiro zitandukanye.
2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico. 3. Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo. 4. Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro 5. Gukoresha neza inzego z’ururimi. 6. Kubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite.
Amasaha 6
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva
ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere mu ngiro zitandukanye.
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu. o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico
n’inyunguramagambo. o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu
ikinamico. o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa, baranguruye bigana,
abakinankuru. o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana
ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.
o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye. o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu
myandikire y’amazina bwite.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
115 | P a g e
ikocamye Imvugo
isanzwe Imvugo
ihanitse
Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite
indomo y’abantu
arenze rimwe y’abantu
n’ahantu y’amavamaha
nga y’idini yari
asanwzeho
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.1
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya
Umwanzuro
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku
nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane mu ngiro zitandukanye
116 | P a g e
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo
ikocamye Imvugo
isanzwe Imvugo
ihanitse
Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite
indomo y’abantu arenze
rimwe y’abantu
n’ahantu y’amavamahan
ga y’idini yari
asanwzeho
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa,
baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.
o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.
o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu myandikire y’amazina bwite.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.2
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
117 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi, amashusho ku bisusbizo byo kumva umuvugo
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.3: Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa,
baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico
118 | P a g e
Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo
ikocamye Imvugo
isanzwe Imvugo
ihanitse
Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite
indomo y’abantu arenze
rimwe y’abantu
n’ahantu y’amavamahan
ga y’idini yari
asanwzeho
o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.
o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu myandikire y’amazina bwite.
y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.3
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho uwiga asoma ikinamico
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yasomye neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo
119 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.4: Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo ikocamye Imvugo isanzwe Imvugo ihanitse
Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite indomo y’abantu arenze rimwe y’abantu n’ahantu y’amavamahanga y’idini yari asanwzeho
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa,
baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.
o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.
o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu myandikire y’amazina bwite.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.4
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
120 | P a g e
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Amajwi n’amashusho n’inyandiko ku kinamico
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.5: Gukoresha neza inzego z’ururimi.
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa,
baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.
o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana ibitekerezo ku
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yahimbye anakina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro.
121 | P a g e
Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo ikocamye Imvugo isanzwe Imvugo ihanitse
Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite indomo y’abantu arenze rimwe y’abantu n’ahantu y’amavamahanga y’idini yari asanwzeho
nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.
o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu myandikire y’amazina bwite.
Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.5
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku myitozo y’ikoreshwa ry’ inzego z’indimi
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Inzego z’ururimi
Umwanzuro
Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.6: Kubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite
Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;
o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.
˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;
Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga
activities
Ibyigwa
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yakoresheje neza inzego z’ururimi
122 | P a g e
Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.
Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;
Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;
Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;
Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.
Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo ikocamye Imvugo isanzwe Imvugo ihanitse
Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite indomo y’abantu arenze rimwe y’abantu n’ahantu y’amavamahanga y’idini yari asanwzeho
o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.
o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo.
o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Gusoma bucece ikinamico. o Gusoma bakuramwa,
baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.
o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.
o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.
o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye.
o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu myandikire y’amazina bwite.
˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;
˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri
N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.
Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 5.6
Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.
Gihamya Isuzuma
Ibisubizo ku myitozo yo kwandika amazina bwite
Ubushobozi busuzumwa
Yubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite
123 | P a g e
Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye
Yego Oya
Amazina bwite
Umwanzuro
Ibitabo n’inyandiko byifashishijwe:
1. BIZIMANA S, KAYUMBA C., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 2ème, Edition
2. BIZIMANA, S., RWABUKUMBA, G., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 1ère Edition
3. CHARMEAUX, E., (1975), La lecture à l’école, Cédix, Paris. 4. CONFÉRENCE DES MINISTRES DE L’EDUCATION DES ETATS D’EXPRESSION FRANÇAISE, (1986),
Promotion et intégration des langues nationales dans les systèmes éducatifs, Librairie Honoré Champion, Paris.
5. COUPEZ A. (1961) Grammaire Rwanda Simplifiée, Usumbura 6. Dictionnaire Rwandais-Français, Edition abrégée et adaptée par Irénée JACOB. 7. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umunyeshuri, Umwaka wa 4, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali 8. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 5, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali 9. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 6, Fountain
Publishers, Kigali 10. GAGNÉ, G., PAGÉ, M. na ARRAB, E, (2002), Didactique des langues maternelles. Questions
actuelles dans différentes régions du monde, De Boeck Universitégions du monde, De Boeck Université, Bruxelles.
11. GASIMBA F.X (2004), Inganzo y’Ubwanditsi, Prix Kadima 12. INTEKO NYARWANDA Y’URURIMI N’UMUCO (RALC), (2013), Indangagaciro z’Umuco w’u Rwanda,
Imfashanyigisho ibanza, Kigali Rwanda 13. KAGIRANEZA Z. (1989), Igitaramo ku mateka y’u Rwanda, MINESUPRESS 14. MINISTERI Y’AMASHURI ABANZA N’AYISUMBUYE (1986) Ikinyarwanda: Ikibonezamvugo cyo mu
Cyiciro cya Gatatu, Kigali 15. UNIVERSITY OF RWANDA/COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (2014), Umusogongero ku Buvanganzo
Nyarwanda, Kigali. 16. VANHOVE J. (1941), Essai de Droit Coutumier du Ruanda, Bruxelles, Librairie Falk fils.
124 | P a g e
C C M F T 5 0 1 - TECHNIQUES D’EXPRESSION ORALE ET ECRITE EN FRANÇAIS
CCMFT501 Pratiquer les techniques d’expression orale et écrite
Niveau: 5 Heures d’apprentissage
Credits: 3 30
Section: Toutes
Option: Toutes
Date d'élaboration:Décembre, 2016
But visé
Ce module décrit les techniques d’expression orale et écrite. A la fin de ce module, l’apprenant
sera capable d’écrire en respectant l’orthographe courante, employer le vocabulaire technique
dans différents écrits, présider des débats et des discussions, conduire des réunions, rédiger et
présenter un exposé.
125 | P a g e
Prérequis pour le nouvel apprentissage
Non appliqué
Eléments de compétence et lesCritères de performance
Les unités d’apprentissage décrivent les résultats essentiels d’une compétence
A la fin de ce module, l’apprenant sera capable de:
Elements de competence Critères de performance
1. Ecrire en respectant l’orthographe courante.
1.1. Application correcte des lettres minuscules et majuscules 1.2. Utilisation adéquate des accents et signes de
ponctuation 1.3. Application appropriée des espacements entre les mots
2. Employer le vocabulaire technique dans différents écrits.
2.1. Emploi abondant de vocabulaire technique dans un récit se rapportant à son métier
2.2. Utilisation appropriée du vocabulaire technique dans une présentation adressée au
public 2.3. Application appropriée du vocabulaire technique dans la
rédaction des rapports de service 2.4. Rédaction méthodique des lettres d’affaire
3. Présider des débats, des discussions.
3.1. Fixation claire des thèmes de discussions contradictoires 3.2. Définition claire des directives à suivre pour la sérénité des
débats 3.3. Modération méthodique des interventions respectives des
membres du groupe
4. Conduire des réunions. 4.1.. Elaboration adéquate de l’ordre du jour 4.2. Exposé introductif méthodique définissant les règles à
suivre et le déroulement de la réunion 4.3. Prise de notes méthodiques pour harmoniser les diverses
interventions
Rédiger et présenter un exposé. 5.1. Organisation méthodique des arguments dans une présentation écrite
5.2. Exploitation méthodique des règles de la rhétorique devant l’auditoire
5.3. Conclusion concise et ouverte de son exposé reprenant les grandes lignes d’une part
et dégageant des perspectives d’autre part
126 | P a g e
LU 1:Ecrire en respectant l’orthographe courante
1
Résultats d’apprentissage:
1. Appliquer les lettres minuscules et majuscules 2. Utiliser les accents et signes de ponctuation. 3. Appliquer les espacements entre les mots.
6 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 1.1:Appliquer les lettres minuscules et majuscules
Lettres
Minuscules
Majuscules
o Ecrire les noms propres et noms
communs
o Ecrire un paragraphe de différente
phrase.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
- Photographies
- Figurines et tableaux
feutres
- Projecteurs
- Flash Disc
- Matériels tactiles
Evaluation Formative 1.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Instruments d’evaluation du portfolio
Preuvesécrites
Preuvesorales
Critère de performance
Application correcte des lettres minuscules et majuscules
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
127 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Orthographe de cinq (5) noms propres et cinq (5) noms communs
Composition d’un paragraphe de du moins trois (3) différentes phrases.
Orthographe de cinq (5) mots avec différents accents « é ; ü ; â ; è ; ô ; à ; ç ;
î ; û ; ê ; ö. »
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 1.2: Utiliser les accents et signes de ponctuation
Accents
Aigüe
Grave
Circonflexe
Cédille.
Signes de
ponctuation
Point
Point
d’Interrogation
Point
d’exclamation
Point de
suspension
Virgule
Point-virgule
Guillemets
Double points
o Ecrire les mots avec différents accents
o Composer les phrases terminées par
différents signes de ponctuation.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
- Photographies
- Figurines et
tableaux feutres
- Projecteurs
- Flash Disc
- Matériels tactiles
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
128 | P a g e
Evaluation Formative 1.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Instruments d’evaluation du portfolio
Preuvesécrites
Preuvesorales
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Composition de cinq (5) phrases terminées par différents signes de
ponctuation
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 1.3:Appliquer les espacements entre les mots.
Espacements entre les
mots
o Composer une phrase de beaucoup de
mots.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
- Photographies
- Figurines et
tableaux feutres
- Projecteurs
- Flash Disc
- Matériels tactiles
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
Critère de performance
Utilisation adéquate des accents et signes de ponctuation
129 | P a g e
Evaluation Formative 1.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuvesorales
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Composition d’une phrase avec dix (10) mots
Observations
Critère de performance
Application appropriée des espacements entre les mots
130 | P a g e
LU 2:Employer le vocabulaire technique dans différents écrit
2
Résultatsd’apprentissage:
1. Préciser la réponse relative au texte. 2. Prononcer des énoncés de ses réponses. 3. Articuler en tenant compte de la ponctuation. 4. Rédiger les lettres d’affaire.
4 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.1:Préciser la réponse relative au texte..
Vocabulaire
technique
Récit à son
métier
o Rédiger le récit en utilisant les mots
spécifiques pour le métier en question.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 2.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuvesecrites
Preuves orales
Critère de performance
Emploi abondant de vocabulaire technique dans un récit se rapportant à
son métier.
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
131 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Rédaction d’un texte sur une page contenant au moins cinq (5) mots
spécifiques pour le métier en question.
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.2: Prononcer des énoncés de ses réponses.
Vocabulaire
technique
Présentation
adressée au public
o Présenter en classe le récit contenant
les termes techniques sur le métier.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 2.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Liresilencieusement les énoncés.
Critère de performance
Utilisation appropriée du vocabulaire technique dans une présentation
adressée au public.
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
132 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Composition et présentation en classe d’un écrit contenant les termes
techniques sur le métier
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.3:Articuler en tenant compte de la ponctuation.
Vocabulaire technique
Rapports de service
o Etablir un rapport de service en
utilisant les termes techniques lies au
métier.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 2.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuvesecrites
Preuves orales
Critère de performance
Application appropriée du vocabulaire technique dans la rédaction des
rapports de service.
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
133 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Etablissement d’un rapport de service en utilisant les termestechniques lies au
métier.
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 2.4:Rédiger les lettres d’affaire.
Lettres d’affaire
Réquisition
Commande
Livraisons
Recouvrement
o Composer les lettres de réquisitions,
commandes, livraisons, recouvrements.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 2.4
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves ecrites
Preuves orales
Critère de performance
Rédaction méthodique des lettres d’affaire
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
134 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Composition des lettres :
Lettre de réquisitions
Lettre de commande
Lettre de livraison
Observations
135 | P a g e
LU 3:Présider des débats et des discussions
3
Résultatsd’apprentissage:
1. Fixer les thèmes de discussions contradictoires 2. Définir les directives à suivre pour la sérénité des débats 3. Modérer les interventions respectives des membres du groupe.
6 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 3.1: Fixer les thèmes de discussions contradictoires.
Thèmes de discussions o Proposer les sujets de controverse. - Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 3.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Critère de performance
Fixation claire des thèmes de discussions contradictoires
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
136 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Suggestion de cinq (5) sujets de controverse
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 3.2:Définir les directives à suivre pour la sérénité des débats.
Directives à suivre
Durée d’intervention
Tolérance
o Fixer le délai d’intervention et les
normes de tolérance.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 3.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Organiser un débat
Critère de performance
Définition claire des directives à suivre pour la sérénité des débats
Ressource
s Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
137 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Fixation de délai d’intervention
Fixation des normes de tolérance
Evitement de la monopolisationde la parole
Pas d’interruption pour les autres
Demande de la parole
Respect des avis des autres
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 3.3:Modérer les interventions respectives des membres du groupe.
Interventions des
membres du groupe
o Distribuer les interventions
o Ramener à l’ordre les violateurs
des directives convenues.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 3.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Critère de performance
Modération méthodique des interventions respectives des membres du
groupe
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
138 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Distribution des interventions
Restauration d’ordre des directives convenues
Observations
139 | P a g e
LU 4:Conduire des réunions.
4
Résultats d’apprentissage:
1. Elaborer l’ordre du jour. 2. Exposer les règles à suivre et le déroulement de la réunion 3. Prendre les notes pour harmoniser les diverses interventions.
8 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 4.1. Elaborer l’ordre du jour.
Ordre du jour o Fixer les grandes lignes de la réunion. - Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 4.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Organiser une réunion.
Critère de performance
Elaboration adéquate de l’ordre du jour
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
140 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Fixation d’ordre du jour en précisant :
Durée de chaque activité
Responsabilités
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 4.2:Exposer les règles à suivre et le déroulement de la réunion.
Règles de réunion à
suivre
Déroulement de la
réunion
o Elaborer des instructions sur le
déroulement de la réunion.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 4.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Diriger une réunion
Critère de performance
Exposé introductif méthodique définissant les règles à suivre et le
déroulement de la réunion.
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
141 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Elaboration des instructions sur le déroulement de la réunion :
Vérification du quorum
Adoption de l’ordre du jour
Adoption du rapport de la réunion précédente
Etat d’avancement des décisions de la réunion précédente
Examen détaillé de l’ordre du jour
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 4.3:Prendre les notes pour harmoniser les diverses interventions.
Règles de réunion à
suivre
Déroulement de la
réunion
o Elaborer des instructions sur le
déroulement de la réunion.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 4.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Gérer une réunion.
Critère de performance
Prise de notes méthodiques pour harmoniser les diverses interventions
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
142 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Elaboration de synthèse d’une réunion tenant compte de :
Prise de notes
Intégration des interventions respectives
Structuration harmonieuse de dites interventions
Observations
143 | P a g e
LU 5:Rédiger et présenter un exposé
5
Résultats d’apprentissage
1. Organiser les arguments dans une présentation écrite. 2. Exploiter les règles de la rhétorique devant l’auditoire. 3. Conclure son exposé reprenant les grandes lignes d’une part et
dégageant des perspectives d’autre part.
6 Heures
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.1: Organiser les arguments dans une présentation écrite.
Arguments
Présentation
écrite
o Rédiger et présenter des arguments. - Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 5.1
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
Préparer un exposé.
.
Critère de performance
Méthodique des arguments dans une présentation
Ressource
s Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
144 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Organisation d’argumentation en précisant
Introduction
Corps
Conclusion
Présentation d’exposé en mettant en exergue (en soulignant) des points forts
de son argumentation
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.2: Exploiter les règles de la rhétorique devant l’auditoire.
Règles de la
rhétorique
o Appliquer les règles de la rhétorique
dans son exposé.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 5.2
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté.
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuves écrites
Preuves orales
S’exprimer individuellement
Critère de performance
Exploitation méthodique des règles de la rhétorique devant l’auditoire
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
145 | P a g e
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Application des règles de la rhétorique dans son exposé :
Précautions oratoires
Exposition
Argumentation
Conclusion
Observations
Résultats d’apprentissage 5.3: Conclure son exposé reprenant les grandes lignes d’une part et
dégageant desperspectives d’autre part.
Grandes lignes de
conclusion d’un
exposé
Dégageant des
perspectives de
conclusion d’un
exposé
o Elaborer la synthèse de son exposé.
o Dégager l’espace dans sa conclusion.
- Textes
- Illustrations
- Dialogues
- CD audio-visuels
Evaluation Formative 5.3
Evaluateur peut collecter et analyser des preuves afin de déterminer si et à quel degré lecritere de
performance à observer atteint ou a atteint le résultat escompté
Critère de performance
Conclusion concise et ouverte de son exposé reprenant les grandes lignes
d’une part et dégageant des perspectivesd’autre part.
Ressources Activités d’Apprentissage Contenus
146 | P a g e
Types de preuves Outils d’evaluation Portfolio
Preuvesécrites
Preuves orales
Clôturer l’exposé.
Liste de contrôle Résultat
Oui Non
Elaboration de synthèse en dégageant trois grandes lignes de son exposé
Observations
Références:
1. EDICEF – CNDP MINEDUC (2002). Apprenons le français au Rwanda. ISBN : 978-2-84129-826-.
2. ÉDOUARD BLED ET ODETTE BLED (1998). BLED Orthographe, HACHETTE LIVRE.
3. GREVISSE MAURICE (1990). Précis de grammaire française.
4. LIBRAIRIE LAROUSSE (1972). Dictionnaire PETIT LAROUSSE en couleurs
5. MINISTERE DE L’ENSEIGNEMENT PRIMAIRE ET SECONDAIRE (1983). Ma Colline, Méthode de
français pour les écoles primaires. 5ème, Livre du maître.
6. NATIONAL CURRICULUM DEVELOPPEMENT CENTRE (2007). A l’unisson : Méthode de français.
ISBN : 978-2-7531-0103-6.
7. Y.DELATOUR et al. , (1991). Grammaire du français. HACHETTE, Paris.
147 | P a g e
C C M M K 5 0 1 - MAWASILIANO MBALI MBALI YA KIOFISI KATIKA KISWAHILI
CCMMK501 Kujadili Mawasiliano mbali mbali ya Kiofisi katika Kiswahili
Daraja: 5 Saazinazofaa
Idadiyavipindi: 3 30
Idara: Zote
Mikondo: Yote
Wakatiilipoandaliwa:Januari, 2017
Lengo
Moduli hii inaeleza ujuzi na uwezo vinavyostahiliwa ili mwanafunzi aweze:
Kujadili mawasiliano mbali mbali ya kiofisi kupitia njia ya kuzungumza na kuandika katika shughuli za kazi;
Kutunga kimaandishi na kimazungumzo hati tofauti kwa kuzingatia kanuni na mitindo ya lugha ya kiswahili ifaavyo;
Kuchambua kimazungumzo na kimaandishi hati za mawasiliano mbali mbali za kiofisi;
Kuwasilisha hati mbali mbali mahali zinapotakiwa.
148 | P a g e
Ujuzi wa awali Kutumia kiswahili katika sekta za kikazi
Kitengo na vigezo vya kitengo
Kitengo kinaeleza mategemeo muhimu yanayohitajiwa.
Vigezo vya kitengo vimepangwa kupima ikiwa mwanafunzi anazingatia kitengo ifaavyo.
Mwishoni mwa moduli hii mwanafunzi atakuwa na uwezo wa:
Kitengo Vigezovyakitengo
1. Kutunga hati za mawasiliano
mbali mbali za kiofisi.
1.1 Uwezo wa kuonyesha kwa mchoro sehemu kuu za hati
2.1 Uwezo wa kutumia mtindo wa lugha inayostahili
kulingana na hati
3.1 Uwezo wa kutunga hati za mawasiliano tofauti za
kiofisi
2. Kuchambua hati za mawasiliano
mbali mbali za kiofisi
zilizopokewa.
2.1 Uwezo wa kutambua kimaandishi aina za hati mbali
mbali
2.2 Uchambuzi wa Habari kuhusu utungaji wa hati fulani
2.3 Uchambuzi wa njia za mawasiliano zilizotumiwa
3. Kupanga mbinu za uwasilishaji
wa hati mbali mbali.
3.1 Zingatio la mazingira ya uwasilishaji wa hati
inayohitajiwa
3.2 Zingatio la vifaa vinavyohitajiwa kuhitimisha
uwasilishaji
3.3 Zingatio la njia za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali
149 | P a g e
LU 1:Kutunga hati za mawasiliano mbali mbali za kiofisi.
1
Yanayotegemewa:
1. Uwezo wa kuonyesha kwa mchoro sehemu kuu za hati. 2. Uwezo wa kutumia mtindo wa lugha inayostahili kulingana na
hati. 3. Uwezo wa kutunga hati za mawasiliano tofauti za kiofisi.
Saa10
Yanayotegemewa 1.1:Uwezo wa kuonyesha kwa mchoro sehemu kuu za hati.
Kifungu cha michoro ya hati za:
Aina mbali mbali za barua
Ripoti
Simu ya mdomo
Simu ya kuandika
Risala
Uwasilishaji
Wasifu-kazi (CV)
Ajenda
Kumbukumbu za
mkutano
o Kutega sikio
o Kusoma kimya
o Kusoma kwa makund
o Kuandika mchoro
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Vitabu vya
sarufi
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
TathiminiEndelezi /Arifu1.1
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Vigezo vya kitengo
Kuonyesha kwa mchoro sehemu kuu za hati.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
150 | P a g e
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Kanda ya Filamu
Andishi
Hati za kiofisiza mawasiliano mbali mbali Uwasilisho wa sehemu kuu za hati sa hati mbali mbali
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho:Sehemu kuu za hati kwa mchoro
Orodha ya sehemu kuu za hati
Mchoro wa sehemu kuu za hati
Maoni
Yanayotegemewa 1.2:Uwezo wa kutumia mtindo wa lugha inayostahili kulingana na hati.
Kifungu cha mitindo ya
lugha:
Lugha ya ishara
Lugha ya heshma
Istilahi za lugha
Lugha fasaha
o Kusoma
o Kutamka na kusikiliza
o Kutunga mifano ya hati za mawasiliano
kwa kutumia mtindo wa luhga
unaostahili
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Vitabu vya
sarufi
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
Tathimin iEndelezi /Arifu1.2
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
151 | P a g e
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Kanda Ya Filamu
Andishi
Utungaji wa hati Uwasilisho wa hati mbali mbali
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho: Lugha inayostahili kwa utungaji wa hati
Mtindo wa lugha kulingana na walengwa
Mtindo wa lugha kulingana na aina ya hati
Maoni
Yanayotegemewa 1.3:Uwezo wa kutunga hati za mawasiliano tofauti za kiofisi.
Vigezovyakitengo
Kutumia mtindo wa lugha inayostahili kulingana na hati
152 | P a g e
Mbinu za kutunga hati mbali
mbali za:
Barua
Ripoti
Simu ya mdomo
Simu ya kuandika
Uwasilishaji
Wasifu-kazi (CV)
Ajenda
Kumbukumbu za
mkutano
o Kutunga hati mbali mbali katika makundi
o kutunga hati mbali mbali peke yake
o Kuigiza hati za kimazungumzo
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Vitabu vya sarufi
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
TathiminiEndelezi /Arifu1.3
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Andishi
Simulizi
Kanda ya Filamu
Utungaji wa hati za mawasiliano tofauti za kiofisi Uwasilisho wa hati za mawasiliano tofauti za kiofisi
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho:Hati za mawasiliano tofauti za kiofisi
Tungo sahihi
Mantiki
Maoni
Vigezovyakitengo
Kutunga hati za mawasiliano tofauti za kiofisi.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
153 | P a g e
LU 2:Kuchambua hati za mawasiliano mbali mbali za kiofisi
2
Yanayotegemewa:
1. Uwezo wa kutambua kimaandishi aina za hati tofauti. 2. Uchambuzi wa habari kuhusu mtindo wa utungaji wa hati Fulani. 3. Uchambuzi wa njia za mawasiliano zilizotumiwa.
Saa10
Yanayotegemewa 2.1:Uwezo wa kutumbua kimaandishi aina za hati tofauti.
Kifungu cha hati mbali mbali:
Barua
Ripoti
Simu ya mdomo
Simu ya kuandika
Uwasilishaji
Wasifu-kazi (CV)
Ajenda
Kumbukumbu za
mkutano
o Kutega sikio hati inaotamkwa
o Kusoma kimya
o Kusoma katika makundi
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
TathiminiEndelezi /Arifu 2.1
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Vigezo vya kitengo
Kutambua kimaandishi aina za hati mbali mbali.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
154 | P a g e
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Andishi
Simulizi
Ufahamu kimaandishi wa aina za hati mbali mbali Uwasilisho kuhusu aina za hati mbali mbali
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho: Aina za hati mbali mbali
Viashiria vya kila hati
Lengo la kila aina
Maoni
Yanayotegemewa 2.2:Uchambuzi wa habari kuhusu mtindo wa utungaji wa hati fulani.
Kifungu cha hati:
Mtungaji Wakati wa
kutunga Sababu za
utungaji Ujumbe
muhimu
o Kusoma hati tofauti
o Kugundua mtungaji
o Kugundua wakati zilizotungwa
o Kupanga mtiririko wa mambo muhimu
- Vitabu vya utungaji
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
Tathimin iEndelezi /Arifu 2.2
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Vigezo vya kitengo
Uchambuzi wa habari kuhusu utungaji wa hati fulani.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
155 | P a g e
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Andishi
Simulizi
Ufahamu
Uwasilisho habari kuhusu utungaji wa hati fulani
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho:Habari kuhusu utungaji wa hati fulani
Walengwa
Wakati wa kutunga
Lengo la utungaji
Maoni
Yanayotegemewa 2.3:Uchambuzi wa njia za mawasiliano zilizotumiwa.
Njia ya masimulizi
Njia ya maandishi ya hati tofauti
Baruwa pepe
Simu ya mdomo
Simu ya kuandika
o Kutoa umuhimu wa kila njia
o Kugundua na kujadili migogoro
ipatikanayo katika kila njia
o Kutoa mbinu za utatuzi wa migogoro
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
TathiminiEndelezi /Arifu 2.3
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Vigezo vya kitengo
Uchambuzi wa njia za mawasiliano zilizotumiwa.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
156 | P a g e
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Andishi
Simulizi
Ufahamu wa njia za mawasiliano Uwasilisho kuhusu njia za mawasiliano
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho: Njia mbali mbali za mawasiliano
Umuhimu wa kila njia
Migogoro ya kila njia
Mbinu za utatuzi wa migogoro ya kila njia
Maoni
157 | P a g e
LU 3: Kupanga mbinu za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali.
3
Yanayotegemewa:
1. Zingatio la mazingira ya uwasilishaji wa hati inayohitajiwa 2. Zingatio la sanii ya utungaji wa hati mbali mbali. 3. Zingatio la njia za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali.
Saa10
Yanayotegemewa 3.1:Zingatio la mazingira ya uwasilishaji wa hati inayohitajiwa.
Mazingira ya uwasilishaji:
Wapokeaji
Mila na desturi za
wapokeaji
Mandhari
Lugha inayohitajiwa
o Kutoa tabia za wapokeaji wa kila hati
o Kusikiliza na kutoa mifano ya lugha
inayotumiwa katika kila hati
o Kuonyesha mandhari
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
TathiminiEndelezi /Arifu 3.1
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Vigezo vya kitengo
Zingatio la mazingira ya uwasilishaji wa hati inayohitajiwa.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
158 | P a g e
Andishi
Simulizi
Uchambuzi wa hati na mazingira yake Uwasilisho wa hati na mazingira yake
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Manonyesho: Mazingira ya uwasilishaji wa hati
Walengwa
Mila na desturi za walengwa
Mandhari
Maoni
Yanayotegemewa 3.2:Zingatio la sanii ya utungaji wa hati mbali mbali.
Sanii za utungaji:
Aina za karatasi Lafudi na shada Rangi Hati (herufi)
o Kusoma hati tofauti
o Kujadili sifa za matini katika makundi
o Kutunga tungo fupi kwa kutumia sifa
zilizotajwa
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
Tathimini Endelezi /Arifu 3.2
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu
Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Vigezo vya kitengo
Zingatio la sanii ya utungaji wa hati mbali mbali.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
159 | P a g e
Andishi
Simulizi
Kanda ya filamu
Uchambuzi wa sanii ya hati mbali mbali
kayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho: sanii ya utungaji wa hati mbali mbali
Orodha ya vifaa kulingana na hati
Umuhimu wa kila kifaa
Maoni
Yanayotegemewa 3.3:Zingatio la njia za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali.
Ana kwa ana
Simu
Mtandao
Posta
o Kutoa sifa za kila njia,
o Kugundua na kujadili migogoro
ipatikanayo katika kila njia
o Kutoa mbinu za utatuzi wa migogoro
- Vitabu vya
utungaji
- Kanda (CD)
- Mtandao
- Kamusi
- Ubao
- Chaki
TathiminiEndelezi /Arifu 3.3
Mwongozo wa Tathimini. Tathimini Endelezi/Arifu Aina za thibitisho Vifaa
Vigezo vya kitengo
Zingatio la njia za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali.
Vifaa Kazi ya mwanafunzi Yaliyomo
160 | P a g e
Andishi
Simulizi
Uchambuzi wa hati mbali mbali
Marejeo:
1. NKwera F.V.M.(1985). Sarufi na Fasihi Sekondari na Vyuo, Tanzania Publishing House, Dar es Salaam.
2. TUKI (2004), Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu. Dar Es Salaam: Oxford University Press
3. Wamitila, K.W.(2003), Kamusi ya Fasihi, Istilahi na Nadharia. Nairobi: Focas Book
4. Hassan O. Ali& Ali Mazrui (2004). Teach yourself Swahili.Nairobi: Oxford University Press.
5. Niyomugabo.C. (2013) Mafunzo ya Kiswahili , kitabu cha mwanafunzi, Kidato cha tano, fountain Publisher Rwanda Kigali
6. (2013) Mafunzo ya Kiswahili , Kitabu cha mwanafunzi, kidato cha sita, Fountain Publisher Rwanda, Kigali
7. Wekesa S.P. (2000) . Uandishi wa Insha, Nairobi: Acacia Stantex Publishers
Yatakayochunguzwa Matokeo
Ndiyo Bado
Maonyesho: Njia za uwasilishaji wa hati mbali mbali
Sifa za kila njia
Migogoro katika kila njia
Mbinu za utatuzi wa migogoro ya kila njia
Maoni
161 | P a g e
C C M S E 5 0 1 - WORKING IN A SOCIALLY DIVERSE ENVIRONMENT
CCMSE501 Work in a socially diverse environment
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: October, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitude required to be able to successfully
work in a socially diverse environment. The module will allow the participant to develop ways
of communicating with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds and
accommodating cultural differences. Furthermore, this module will enable the trainee to be
able to identify issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace because of
the cultural differences, find ways of resolving them and/or referring them to appropriate
individuals or bodies.
162 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Communicate with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds.
1.1 Adequate Valuing customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and treating them with respect and sensitivity.
1.2 Adequate Taking into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-verbal communication and overcoming language barriers.
1.3 Proper obtaining assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside organizations when required.
2. Address cross-cultural misunderstandings
2.3 Proper identification of issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace.
2.4 Adequate consideration of possible cultural differences when difficulties or misunderstandings occur.
2.5 Appropriate referring of problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate team leader or supervisor for follow-up.
163 | P a g e
LU 1: Communicate with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Value customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and treat them with respect and sensitivity.
2. Take into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-verbal communication and overcome language barriers.
3. Obtain assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside organisations when required.
12 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Value customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and
treat them with respect and sensitivity
Treating different groups effectively forms of address levels of formality or
informality observance of special
religious, feasts or other celebratory days
customs, beliefs and values Product preferences
o Role play o Individual work o Group discussion o Large group discussion o Brainstorming
- Reference books - Role play scenario - Online materials - Specialised
materials
Formative Assessment 1.1
Performance criterion
Adequate Valuing customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and
treating them with respect and sensitivity.
Resources Learning activities Content
164 | P a g e
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation) Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Effective treatment of different groups
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Take into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-
verbal communication and overcome language barriers.
Verbal and non-verbal communication: varied cultural
interpretation of non-verbal behaviour and gestures
personal grooming, including dress and hygiene habits
language spoken language written
Overcoming language barriers: meet, greet and farewell
customers give simple directions give simple instructions answer simple enquiries prepare for, serve and
assist customers
o Brainstorming o Role play o Individual work
- Reference books - Role play scenario - Online materials
Resources Learning activities Content
165 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation) Role play
Checklist Score
Yes No
Consideration of cultural differences through verbal and non-verbal communication
Overcoming language barriers
Observation
describe goods and services
Performance criterion
Adequate Taking into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-
verbal communication and overcoming language barriers.
166 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Obtain assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside
organisations when required
Formative Assessment 1.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Partnerships for efficient communication
Observation
Partnerships for efficient communication interpreter services diplomatic services local cultural
organizations appropriate government
agencies educational institutions Disability advocacy
groups.
o Group discussion o Individual work o Large group discussion
- Reference books - Online materials - Specialised materials
Performance criterion
Proper obtaining assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside
organizations when required.
Resources Learning activities Content
167 | P a g e
LU 2: Address cross-cultural misunderstandings
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace.
2. Consider possible cultural differences while resolving difficulties or misunderstandings at workplace.
3. Referring problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate team leader or supervisor for follow-up.
18 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the
workplace
Cultural differences
Causes of conflict race language special needs disabilities gender age roles, emotions, misinformation misinterpretation values
o Individual work o Group discussion o Large group discussion o Brainstorming
- Reference books - Online materials - Specialised materials
Resources Learning activities Content
168 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Demonstration of knowledge about cultural differences
Identification of issues that may causes conflict at workplace
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper identification of issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the
workplace.
169 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Consider possible cultural differences while resolving difficulties or
misunderstandings at workplace
Settlement of misunderstandings greetings key phrases customs protocol, business practices what is done for fun appreciation of cultural difference Avoidance to compromise own
values being accommodating Different Communication Styles Different Attitudes Toward
Conflict Different Approaches to
Completing Task Different Decision-Making Styles Different Attitudes Toward
Disclosure
o Role play o Group discussion o Large group discussion o Individual work
- Reference books
- Role play scenario
- Online materials
- Specialised materials
Formative Assessment 2.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation) Role play
Performance criterion
Adequate consideration of possible cultural differences when difficulties or
misunderstandings occur.
Resources Learning activities Content
170 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Settlement of misunderstandings
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Referring problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate team
leader or supervisor for follow-up
Raising issues informal communication informal meeting Mediation formal communication formal writing formal meetings work ethics
o Role play o Individual task o Group work o Large group discussion
- Reference books - Role play scenario - Online materials - Specialised
materials
Formative Assessment 2.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation) Role play
Performance criterion
Appropriate referring of problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate
team leader or supervisor for follow-up.
Resources Learning activities Content
171 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Raising issues to the appropriate level at workplace
Observation
Reference books:
1. Axtell, R. E., & Parker Pen Company. (1993). Do’s and taboos around the world. New York: Wiley.
2. House, R. J., & Global Leadership and Organizational Behavior Effectiveness Research Program. (2004). Culture, leadership, and organizations: The GLOBE study of 62 societies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
3. Meyer, E. (2014). The culture map: Breaking through the invisible boundaries of global business. Public Affairs.
4. Schwartz, S. (2006). A theory of cultural value orientations: Explication and applications. Comparative Sociology, 5, 137-182.
172 | P a g e
C C M I W 5 0 1 - ICT AT WORKPLACE
CCMIW501 Use ICT at workplace
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: October, 2017
Purpose statement
This course focuses on providing skills, experience and confidence for those learners who struggle to
make the most of technology to demonstrate creative thinking, problem solving and knowledge
construction. It focuses on completing workplace tasks, such as researching and creating documents
with text, graphics and numerical information using commonly used tools such as: Microsoft Office –
(Word, Excel and PowerPoint), Email, The Internet
Learners gain ability to appropriately select and responsibly use ICT to be able to: Problem-solve,
Communicate and collaborate, Locate, use and synthesize information found using technology and
Develop skills necessary to function in this century.
173 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Prepare document Layout 1.1 Proper set up of a grid structure 1.2 Proper arrangement of text zones and non-textual
ones in their correct reading order. 1.3 Proper use of special effects
2. Apply basic computer operations 2.1 Appropriate Conversion, Export and Import of files 2.2 Appropriate use of storage media 2.3 Appropriate application of Printer settings 2.4 Appropriate connect computer to the network
3. Manage data 3.1 Proper management of data types 3.2 Proper application of data validation, 3.3 Adequate application of Logical functions 3.4 Adequate performance of data analysis, duplication
removal and Conditional formatting 3.5 Appropriate application of data protection
174 | P a g e
LU 1: Prepare document Layout
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Set up a grid structure 2. Arrange text zones and non-textual ones 3. Use special effects
10 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Set up a grid structure
Usage of basic grid structures for page layout (Deciding on the number and size of columns and gutters (gaps between columns))
Use asymmetrical grids to add interest to your design.
Work with margins, row and column gaps (Placement of intentional whitespace).
Usage of mixed grids.
o Practical exercise on designing a cover page of a given document
- Computer - Applications - Trainer manual - Flipcharts - Markers - Flipcharts stand - Computer Lab - Sample of journal
Resources Learning activities Content
175 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Expose (presentation) Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper set up of a grid structure
176 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Arrange text zones and non-textual ones.
Work with Styles (Headings, Title and Subtitles) chapter or section titles, or headlines and subheads
Size and position of images and figures and work with image captions
Pull quotes and nut graphs which might be added out of course or to make a short story fit the layout
Box outs and sidebars, which present information as asides from the main text flow
Page headers and page footers, the contents of which are usually uniform across content pages.
Table of contents
Notes like footnotes and end notes; bibliography
o Practical exercise on editing and arrange a given document
- Computer - Applications - Trainer manual - Flipcharts - Markers - Flipcharts stand - Computer Lab - Sample of journal
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper arrangement of text zones and non-textual ones in their correct reading
order
Resources Learning activities Content
177 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Expose (presentation) Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Use special effects
Methods of overlaying text on an image for readability
Position the Text Appropriately
Increase the Contrast Use a Transparent
Overlay Drop Shadow
Runaround and intrusions, or bleeding an image over the page margin
o Practical exercise on adding special effects in a given document
- Computer - Applications - Trainer manual - Flipcharts - Markers - Flipcharts stand - Computer Lab - Sample of journal
Formative Assessment 1.3
Resources Learning activities Content
178 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Expose (presentation) Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper use of special effects
179 | P a g e
LU 2: Apply basic computer operations
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Import, Export, and Convert Data Files 2. Use of storage media 3. Apply printer settings 4. Connect computer to the network
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Import, Export, and Convert Data Files
Variety of different file formats Formats Typical Extension
Data Import techniques
Data Export techniques
Compress a file
File Conversion
o Individual work o Scenario based activities o Brainstorming on data types o Appropriate Conversion,
Export and Import of files o Appropriate use of storage
media o Appropriate application of
Printer settings o Connect Computer to the
network
- Projector - White Board - Computer Lab
Formative Assessment 2.1
Performance criterion
Appropriate Conversion, Export and Import of files
Resources Learning activities Content
180 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
181 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Use of storage media
Different types of storage (off-line/On-line storage) External/Removable Hard Drive Solid State Drive (SSD) Network Attached Storage (NAS) USB Thumb Drive Or Flash Drive. Optical Drive (CD/ DVD discs) Cloud Storage.
Storage capacity Description of units of data
Disk formatting Partitioning Erase data
o Brainstorming on storage types
o Practical exercises on disk formatting
- Projector - White Board - Computer Lab - Storage devices
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Performance criterion
Appropriate use of storage media
Resources Learning activities Content
182 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Apply printer settings
Page setup
Print preview
Print dialog box
Selecting printer name
Printer options
Printing one or more copies
Printing in black/white or color
Print page ranges
o Exercises on printing one or more copies of a colored document, in black and white
o Printing in landscape, portrait different pages
- Computer Lab With Current Word processing Package installed in each computer
- Printer - Projector
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of Printer settings
Resources Learning activities Content
183 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Connect computer to the network
Common types of area networks based on size Personal area network,
or PAN Local area network, or
LAN Metropolitan area
network, or MAN Wide area network, or
o Exercises on connect computer to the internet
o
- Computer Lab With Internet
- Projector
Resources Learning activities Content
184 | P a g e
WAN Wireless Local Area
Network or WLAN
Common types of area networks based on main purpose Storage area network,
or SAN Enterprise private
network, or EPN Virtual private
network, or VPN
Connect to the internet
Fixed internet Mobile internet
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Performance criterion
Appropriate connect computer to the network
185 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
186 | P a g e
LU 3: Manage data
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Manage data types 2. Apply data validation 3. Apply logical functions 4. Analyse data 5. Apply data protection
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Manage data types
Description of data types Data type (Byte, integer, long,
single, double, currency, decimal, string, Boolean, date, object, variant)
Length Description
Techniques of entering data types in cells and their default formats
Labels to describe pieces of information
Values (Raw numbers or dates)
Formulas to perform calculations
o Brainstorming on data types o
- Computer Lab - Projector
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Proper management of data types
Resources Learning activities Content
187 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Differentiation of data types
Alignment of data in cell
Formatting of data
Labeling
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Apply data validation
188 | P a g e
Create validation rules (Entries allowed in the cell, prompt message and Warning alerts)
Search/Find .Replace
Deleting a range of text
The undo command
Spelling and grammar
Synonyms
o Practical exercises on data validation based on calculation in another cell
o
- Computer Lab - Projector
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Performance criterion
Proper application of data validation
Resources Learning activities Content
189 | P a g e
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Apply logical functions
Logical function overview (AND, OR, XOR and NOT)
Between condition (IF function)
o Practical exercises on use of logical operators and construct more elaborate logical tests to perform more complex calculations and more powerful data analysis
-
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Performance criterion
Adequate application of Logical functions
Resources Learning activities Content
190 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Analyse data
Create different types of charts - Line and column charts - Pie - Bar - Miniature graphs (spark lines)
Table style and application of conditional formatting
Duplication removal
o Perform practical exercises on data analysis
o compile activities reports
-
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Performance criterion
Adequate performance of data analysis, duplication removal and Conditional
formatting
Resources Learning activities Content
191 | P a g e
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.5: Apply data protection
Data protection principles Fair and lawful Purposes Adequacy Accuracy Retention Rights Security
o Compile activities reports -
Formative Assessment 3.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of data protection
Resources Learning activities Content
192 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence
Expose (presentation) Performance evidence
Task:
Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and
IDs
Prepare a table of products with their specifications
Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Reference books:
1. http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb687869.aspx Data type in Microsoft Excel
193 | P a g e
C C M B O 5 0 1 - BUSINESS ORGANISATION
CCMBO501 Organize a business
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module covers the skills, knowledge and attitude to organise a business which is linked to
organisational strategic outcomes and facilitates the achievement of service delivery. The module will
allow the learner. Identify activities to be accomplished before real business operations, create a
productive working environment, run real business operations and monitor and evaluate the business.
194 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Business plan development
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Identify activities to be accomplished
before real business operations
1.1 Proper verification of business start-up
requirements
1.2 Accurate recruiting of employees in line with task
requirements
1.3 Effective performing purchasing of business
requirements in line with business plan
2. Create a productive working
environment
2.1 Accurate setting business ethical conduct
2.2 Effective assigning of responsibilities in accordance
with organisation structure
2.3 Permanent matching personal characteristics with
business requirements
2.4 Proper maintain good relationship with customers
and suppliers
3. Run real business operations 3.1 Proper setting of short-term business goals
3.2 Accurate optimizing the utilization of available
resources
3.3 Regular employing targeted promotional and
marketing campaigns
4. Monitor and evaluate the business 4.1 Clear preparation of a daily report of business
activities
4.2 Regular organization of employee’s meeting in
accordance with customer’s inquiries and needs
4.3 Regular consultation of business plan
195 | P a g e
LU 1: Identify activities to be accomplished for real business operations
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Verify business start-up requirements 2. Recruit employees in line with task requirements 3. Perform purchasing of business requirements in line with business
plan
5 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Verify business start-up requirements
Meaning of business requirements
Steps of business requirements estimation
Business location Working place
layout Office equipment Office furniture
Raw materials for initial storage Production
equipment and machinery
Production consumables
Start-up finances Quantity of financial
needs Sources finances
Brainstorming
Questions and answers
Story telling
Problem solving
Role play
Practical exercise
Flipchart
Marker pen
Internet
Reference books
Case studies
Scenarios
Post note
Resources Learning activities Content
196 | P a g e
Allocation of finance resources
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Product evidence
Essay& Cases study
True or false question A produced start up plan
Checklist Score
Yes No
Steps of business requirements estimation
Business location
Raw materials for initial storage
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper verification of business start-up requirements
197 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Recruit employees in line with task requirements
Meaning of employee recruitment
Functions of employees recruitment Job design and
development Identifying and seeking
candidates Receiving and tracking
applicants Reference and
background checks Testing Interview Evaluation and hiring
Principles of strategic employee recruitment
Factors influencing employees recruitment Internal factors
Budget constraints Expected or trend of
employee separations Production levels Sales increases or
decreases Global expansion plans
External factors Changes in technology Changes in laws Unemployment rates Shifts in population Shifts in urban,
suburban, and rural areas
Competition
Recruitment process Staffing plans and
forecasting
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Story telling
o Problem solving
- Flipchart
- Marker pens
- Pens
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- Scenarios
- Employee
recruitment
template
Resources Learning activities Content
198 | P a g e
Write the job description and job specifications.
Confirm job analysis Have a bidding system to
recruit and review internal candidate qualifications for possible promotions.
Determine the best recruitment strategies for the position.
Implement a recruiting strategy.
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Prodiuct evidence
Observation checklist
Number of employees recruited
Checklist Score
Yes No
Functions of employees recruitment
Principles of strategic employee recruitment
Factors influencing employees recruitment
Recruitment process
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurate recruiting of employees in line with task requirements
199 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Perform purchasing of business requirements in line with business plan
Meaning of purchasing
Purpose of purchasing
Types of purchasing Centralised purchasing Decentralised purchasing
Principles of purchasing Right price Right quality Right quantity Right time Right place
Purchasing procedures Meaning Steps involved in
purchasing procedures
Documents used in purchasing procedures. Material requisition form Inquiry Reply Purchase order Advice note Delivery note Invoice Credit status inquiry Debit note Credit note Receipt Statement of account
Meaning of suppliers
Factors influencing choice of effective suppliers
Brainstorming
Questions and answers
Story telling
Problem solving
Flipchart
Marker pens
Pens
Internet
Reference books
Case studies
Scenarios
Template of documents used in
purchasing process
Formative Assessment 1.3
Performance criterion
Effective performing purchasing of business requirements in line with business
plan
Resources Learning activities Content
200 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Purpose of purchasing
Types of purchasing
Principles of purchasing
Purchasing procedures
Documents used in purchasing procedures
Factors influencing choice of effective suppliers
Observation
201 | P a g e
LU 2: Create a productive working environment
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Set business ethical conduct 2. Assign responsibilities in accordance with organisation structure 3. Match personal characteristics with business requirements 4. Maintain good relationship with customers and suppliers
7 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Set business ethical conduct
Define term ethical conduct
Objectives of ethical conduct in a business
Rules and regulations of the business Positive attitude
required to business members
sanctions proposed by the law in business
Types of unethical behavior in a business Mistreating Employees Financial Misconduct Misrepresentation
Techniques of encouraging a positive ethical behaviour in business Rewards Expectations Training Policies
Ways to address address
Oral presentation
Brainstorming
Questions and answers
Practical exercise
Flipchart
Marker pen
Pen
Internet
Reference books
Case studies
Business plan templateIncluding
questions that guiding trainee
to write a business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
202 | P a g e
unethical behaviour at the workplace
Methods of handling unethical conduct in business
Importance of positive ethical conduct in the business
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning Sentence completion
Problem solving
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Objectives of ethical conduct in a business
Rules and regulations of the business
Types of unethical behavior in a business
Techniques of encouraging a positive ethical behaviour in business
Ways to address unethical behaviour at the workplace
Methods of handling unethical conduct in business
Importance of positive ethical conduct in the business
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurate setting business ethical conduct
203 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Assign responsibilities in accordance with organisation structure
Meaning of responsibilities assignment in business
Attribution of responsibilities Estimation of volume of task Determination of task’s
requirements Allowing time to the volume of
task
Responsibility assignment matrix RAC (Responsible, Accountable,
Consulted and Informed).
Oral presentation
Brainstorming
Questions and answers
Practical exercise
Flipchart
Marker pen
Pen
Internet
Reference books
Case studies
Business plan
templateIncluding
questions that guiding
trainee to write a
business plan
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Oral evidence
:Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Effective assigning of responsibilities in accordance with organisation structure
Resources Learning activities Content
204 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Attribution of responsibilities
Responsibility assignment matrix
Observation
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Match personal characteristics with business requirements
Self assessment of time management practices Defining tool of
assessment Self Assessment Measuring gap between
personal characteristics and business requirements
Defining strategies to eliminate gaps
Self assessment in motivating employees practices Defining tool of
assessment Self Assessment Measuring gap between
personal characteristics and business requirements
Defining strategies to eliminate gaps
Self assessment in financial practices Defining tool of
assessment Self Assessment Measuring gap between
personal characteristics and business
o Oral presentation
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference
books
- Case studies
- Business plan
templateInclu
ding
questions
that guiding
trainee to
write a
business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
205 | P a g e
requirements Defining strategies to
eliminate gaps
Self assessment in inventory practices Defining tool of
assessment Self Assessment Measuring gap between
personal characteristics and business requirements
Defining strategies to eliminate gaps
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Permanent matching personal characteristics with business requirements
206 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Self assessment of time management practices
Self assessment in motivating employees practices
Self assessment in financial practices
Self assessment in inventory practices
Observation
207 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 4: Maintain good relationship with customers and suppliers
Meaning of a term relationship in a business
Purpose of maintaining a good relationship with customers and suppliers
Methods used to Maintain good relationship with: customers suppliers
Importance of maintaining good customers and suppliers relationship to the business: With customers With suppliers
Ways to address: Customer complaints Suppliers complaints
Manual procedures for business operations as tool for maintain customer and suppliers relationship.
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper maintaining of good relationship with customers and suppliers
Resources Learning activities Content
208 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Oral evidence
Written evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Purpose of maintaining a good relationship with customers and suppliers
Methods used to Maintain good relationship
Importance of maintaining good customers and suppliers relationship
Ways to address:
Customer complaints Suppliers complaints
Manual procedures for business operations as tool for maintain customer and suppliers
relationship
Observation
209 | P a g e
LU 3: Run real business operation
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Set of short-term business goals 2. Optimize the utilization of available resources 3. Employ targeted promotional and marketing campaigns
4 10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Set of short-term business goals
Defining business goals
Categorization of business goals
Long-term goals Medium goals Short-term goals
Setting business: Long-term goals Medium goals Short-term goals
o Oral presentation
o Brainstorming
o Questions and answers
o Practical exercise
- Flipchart
- Marker pen
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference
books
- Case studies
- Risk analysis
template
Formative Assessment 3.1
Resources Learning activities Content
210 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Categorization of business goals
Setting business:
Long-term goals Medium goals Short-term goals
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper setting of short-term business goals
211 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Optimize the utilization of available resources
Meaning of business resources
Types of business resources Financial resources Assets Human resources Technological resources
Purpose of optimizing the utilisation of available resources
Methods to optimise utilisation of available resources
Methods used to control utilisation of resources: Procedures of using resources Targeted result Anticipated emergencies in
planning Inventory planed
Importance of optimizing available resources for: Employees Business owners Business stakeholders
o Brainstorming on
identifying meaning of
key words
o Oral presentation
Demonstration of
contingency plan
samples
o Group discussion
o Documentary research
o Internet research
o Practical exercise on
identifying risk to be
covered by a
contingency plan
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference
books
- Case studies
- Business plan
- Computer
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Accurate optimizing the utilization of available resources
Resources Learning activities Content
212 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Types of business resources
Purpose of optimizing the utilisation of available resources
Methods to optimise utilisation of available resources
Methods used to control utilisation of resources:
Importance of optimizing available resources
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Employ targeted promotional and marketing campaigns
Product promotion Meaning Aspects of product promotion
Advertising product or brand Generating sales Creating brand loyalty
Elements/tools/piece of promotional mi/plan
Public relations/publicity Advertising Sales promotion Personal selling Direct marketing
o Brainstorming on
identifying meaning of
key words
o Oral presentation
Demonstration of
contingency plan samples
o Group discussion
o Documentary research
o Internet research
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
- Reference
books
- Case studies
- Role play
Resources Learning activities Content
213 | P a g e
Promotional strategies Get the most out of social media
Generate conversation with swag
Offer incentives with targeted landing pages
Appeal locally and create an event
Boost your brand with education
Establishing promotional mix/plan
Marketing campaign Meaning Aspects of marketing campaign
Components of marketing campaign
Marketing Offer Creation Goal Setting Landing Page Drive Traffic Lead Nurturing End & Analyze Your Campaign Views Leads Customers
Marketing campaign strategy
Clear & concise calls-to-action.
Hyper-target to a niche Audience.
Create a story that speaks to all Medias.
Make it easy to Share. Inspire interaction. Use a memorable and repeatable Spokesperson.
o Practical exercise on
defining contingency plan
scenarios
Business plan
Computer
214 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Regular employing targeted promotional and marketing campaigns
215 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Product promotion:
Aspects of product promotion
Elements/tools/piece of promotional plan
Promotional strategies
Establishing promotional mix/plan of marketing campaign
Aspects of marketing campaign
Observation
216 | P a g e
LU 4: Monitor and evaluate the business
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Prepare a daily report of business activities 2. Organize employee’s meeting in accordance with customer’s
inquiries and needs 3. Consult to business plan
8 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Prepare a daily report of business activities
Meaning of business daily report
Purpose of business daily report
Format of daily report of business activities
Importance of business daily report to the business
Brainstorming on present the
business plan
Demonstration on present the
business plan
Practical exercise on present the
business plan
Flipchart
Markers
Pen
Internet
Reference books
Case studies
play scenarios
Computer
Formative Assessment 4.1
Resources Learning activities Content
217 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Meaning of business daily report
Purpose of business daily report
Format of daily report of business activities
Importance of business daily report to the business
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: Organize employee’s meeting in accordance with customer’s inquiries
and needs
Meaning of effective employees’ meeting
Purpose of employee’s meeting
Meaning of customer inquiries and needs
Ways of gathering customer’s inquiries and
o Brainstorming on
communication of business
plan, strategy and
outcomes
o Role play on
communication of business
- Flipchart
- Markers
- Pen
- Internet
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Clear preparation of a daily report of business activities
218 | P a g e
needs
Steps of effective employee’s meeting
Setting meeting objectives
Preparing meeting requirements
Running employee’s meeting
Ways to make employee
meeting more engaging
Facilitate brainstorming session
Stand up Set meeting goals
together Offer incentives and
rewards Set a clear framework
in advance
plan, strategy and
outcomes
- Reference books
- Case studies
- scenarios
- Computer
- Internet
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Oral evidence
Multiple choice
exercises
Essay& Cases study
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Regular organization of employee’s meeting in accordance with customer’s
inquiries and needs
219 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Meaning of customer inquiries and needs
Ways to make employee meeting more engaging
Purpose of employee’s meeting
Ways of gathering customer’s inquiries and needs
Steps of effective employee’s meeting
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3: Consult to business plan
Purpose of business plan for the business
Purpose of consulting business plan during a business operations
Critical part of the business to be considered while running business
Identification of what to be consulted in your business plan
Using business plan as tool
o Brainstorming on
importance of presenting
business plan.
o Role play on importance of
presenting business plan.
- Internet
- Reference books
- Case studies
- scenarios
- Computer
- Internet
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Performance criterion
Regular consultation of business plan
Resources Learning activities Content
220 | P a g e
Oral evidence Product evidence
Proposed tools:
Observation checklist
A produced consultation plan
221 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Purpose of consulting business plan during a business operations
Critical part of the business to be considered while running business
Identification of what to be consulted in your business plan
Using business plan as tool
Observation
Reference books:
Omagor, P. a. (2010). Entrepreneurship education for advanced level students.
Ssempijja, M. (2011). Entrepreneurship education for advanced level and business institutions, third
edition. Uganda: Kyambogo University.
SANGSTER, F. W. (2005). Bussiness accounting, tenth edition. UK: Pearson Education Limited.
Read more: http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/breakeven-point.html
222 | P a g e
C C M P E 5 0 1 - PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
CCMPE501 Apply professional ethics
REQF Level: 3 Learning hours
Credits: 3 30
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2014
Purpose statement
This particular module describes the skills, knowledge and attitude required for the trainee to apply
professional conduct at workplace.
223 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Apply human values 1.1. Adequate valuation of human right. 1.2. Adequate promotion of integrity 1.3. Convenient valuation of time 1.4. Careful variety of moral issues
2. Respect engineering ethics 2.1. Appropriate application of rules and regulations of the work.
2.2. Adequate application ofcredible management of the work.
2.3. Adequate team spirit at the work.
3. Apply safety 3.1. Proper risk analysis 3.2. Convenient personal safety precautions 3.3. Adequate respect of hygienic rules
224 | P a g e
LU 1:Apply human values
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Valuate human right 2. Promote integrity 3. Valuate time 4. Analyse variety of moral issues
7 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Valuate human right
Human Right Issues Privacy Independence Security Right to vote Medication Education Employment Promotion Leave( Holydays)
Intellectual Property Right
Confidentiality
o Brainstorming on Human Right Issues, Intellectual Property Right and Confidentiality
o Group Discussion on Human Right Issues, Intellectual Property Right and Confidentiality
o Demonstration by video/ Picture of Human right issues
- Books - World Health
Organization Reports - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
225 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Matching exercise Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Privacy
Independence
Security
Right to vote
Medication
Education
Employment
Promotion
Leave( Holydays)
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate valuation of human right.
226 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2:Promote integrity
Civic Virtues Tax Compliance Environmental Protection Self reliance Honesty
Respect for others
o Brainstorming on Civic Virtues o Group Discussion on Civic Virtues o Role play on Civic Virtues o Sketches on Civic Virtues o Site visit on environmentally
Protected areas
- Books - Environmental reports
( National and International)
- Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black
board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Performance criterion
Adequate promotion of integrity
Resources Learning activities Content
227 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Tax Compliance
Environmental Protection
Self-reliance
Honesty
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Valuate time
Preparation of Agenda Agenda of Meeting Personal Agenda
o Brainstorming on preparation of Agenda
o Group Discussion on preparation of Agenda
o Practical exercise on preparation of Agenda
- Books - Agenda of some meetings - Personal Agenda - Notebook - Pen / Pencil - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer
Formative Assessment 1.3
Resources Learning activities Content
228 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Performance criterion
Convenient valuation of time
229 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Agenda of Meeting
Personal Agenda
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Analyse variety of moral issues
Reason of Behaving Unethically
Resource Crunch Opportunity Attitude
o Brainstorming on Reason of Behaving Unethically
o Group Discussion on Reason of Behaving Unethically
- Books - Chocks - Blackboard
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Careful analysis of variety of moral issues
Resources Learning activities Content
230 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Resource Crunch
Opportunity
Attitude
Observation
231 | P a g e
LU 2:Respect engineering ethics
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply rules and regulations of the work. 2. Apply credible management of the work. 3. Work with team spirit
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1:Apply rules and regulations of the work.
Different Professional rules and regulations Public Building
regulations Human Settlement
Policies
Labor Code National International
o Brainstorming on Professional rules and regulations and Labor Code
o Group Discussion on Professional rules and regulations and Labor Code
o Demonstration by video/ on Professional rules and regulations and Labor Code
- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of rules and regulations of the work.
Resources Learning activities Content
232 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Public Building regulations
Human Settlement Policies
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Apply credible management of the work.
Ethical theories about Right Action Utilitarian Theory Duty Ethics The virtue Theory Self- realization ethics Justice (Fairness) theory
o Brainstorming on ethical theories about Right Action
o Group Discussion on ethical theories about Right Action
- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black
board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer
Formative Assessment 2.2
Resources Learning activities Content
233 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Utilitarian Theory
Duty Ethics
The virtue Theory
Self- realization ethics
Justice (Fairness) theory
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Work with team spirit
Cooperation
Empathy Understanding Others Service Orientation Uplift others Leveraging diversity Political awareness
o Brainstorming on cooperation and empathy
o Group Discussion on cooperation and empathy
- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/
Black board - Marker pen - Chalks
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Adequate application of credible management of the work
234 | P a g e
- Projector - Computer
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Understanding Others
Service Orientation
Uplift others
Leveraging diversity
Political awareness
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate team spirit at the work.
235 | P a g e
LU 3:Apply safety
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Analyse risk 2. Apply personal safety precautions 3. Respect hygienic rules
8 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Analyse risk
Analytical Methods for Risk Analysis Scenario Analysis Failure Mode and Effect Analysis Fault-tree Analysis Event-tree Analysis Human Error
o Brainstorming on analytical Methods for Risk Analysis
o Group Discussion on analytical Methods for Risk Analysis
- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black
board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper risk analysis
Resources Learning activities Content
236 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Scenario Analysis
Failure Mode and Effect Analysis
Fault-tree Analysis
Event-tree Analysis
Human Error
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2:Apply personal safety precautions
Safety and Risk
Saving Endangered Lives ( Occupational hazards)
Safe Exit
o Brainstorming on Application of personal safety precautions
o Group Discussion on Application of personal
- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/
Resources Learning activities Content
237 | P a g e
safety precautions
Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Performance criterion
Convenient personal safety precautions
238 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3:Respect hygienic rules
Maintenance of Hygiene
Importance of PPE
o Brainstorming on Maintenance of Hygiene and Importance of PPE
o Group discussion on Maintenance of Hygiene and Importance of PPE
- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/
Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice exercises
Essay
Merging Exercises
True or false questioning
Sentence completion
Performance criterion
Adequate respect of hygienic rules
Resources Learning activities Content
239 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Maintenance of Hygiene
Observation
Reference books:
1. R.S.Naagarazan 2006, Professional Ethics and Human Values, NEW AGE INTERNATIONAL
PUBLISHERS, India
2. GordanaDodig-Crnkovic 2004, Professional Ethics in Science and Engineering,DEPARTMENT OF
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERINGMÄLARDALEN UNIVERSITY
3. Vee, C. and Skitmore, R.M. (2003) Professional ethics in the construction industry. Engineering
Construction and Architectural Management 10(2):pp. 117-127. Copyright 2003 Emerald.
4. AAT Code of Professional Ethics – Version 2.0 January 2014
240 | P a g e
C C M I A 5 0 1 - INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT PROGRAM (IAP)
CCMIA501 Integrate workplace
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 30 300
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2017
Purpose statement
This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to integrate the
students/internee in workplace for an industrial attachment program or employment. The
module will allow the learner to demonstrate supervisory skills at the workplace get briefed on
industrial attachment program and develop one’s competences on the workplace.
241 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
All the modules covered
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
3. Demonstrate supervisory skills 1.4 Proper exploration of industrial attachment policy. 1.5 correct identification of labor contracts 1.6 Proper identification of supervisor’s roles and
responsibilities. 1.7 correct preparation of technical report as supervisor 1.8 Appropriate filing of work related documents.
4. Get briefed on industrial attachment program
2.6 Proper setting of industrial attachment goals. 2.7 Proper description of IAP documents 2.8 Clear explanation on how IAP assessment is
conducted.
5. Develop one’s competences on the workplace
3.3 Expected competencies are fully developed. 3.4 Trainee logbook is completely and well filled. 3.5 Proper description of gained work experience.
242 | P a g e
LU 1: Demonstrate supervisory skills
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Explore industrial attachment policy. 2. Identify labor contracts 3. Identify supervisor’s roles and responsibilities. 4. Prepare a technical report as supervisor 5. File work related documents.
10 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Explore industrial attachment policy
National workplace policies and procedures.
International workplace policies and procedures.
o Group work on national workplace policies and procedures.
o Research on workplace policies and procedures in different countries
o Asking questions o Large group discussion
- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard - Hand out
Formative Assessment 1.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper exploration of industrial attachment policy.
Resources Learning activities Content
243 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Essay (short responses and extended responses) Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Industrial attachment policies
Definitions of labor contract
Types of labor contract
Differences among labor contracts
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Identify labor contracts
Utility of different embroidery material, equipment and tools
o Collection of materials and tool
o Observation of materials, tools, and equipment
o Group discussion on utility of different embroidery material, equipment and tools
See Learning Outcome 1.1
Formative Assessment 1.2
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Correct identification of labor contracts
Resources Learning activities Content
244 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Essay (short responses and extended responses
Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify supervisor’s roles and responsibilities
Supervisor’s roles and responsibilities.
Coach Mentor Advocate for
organization Advocate for
employee
o Small group work o Individual work o Large group discussion o Pair work o Asking questions
- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard - Hand out
Formative Assessment 1.3
Performance criterion
Proper identification of supervisor’s roles and responsibilities.
Resources Learning activities Content
245 | P a g e
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Essay (short responses and extended responses) Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion
Expose (presentation)
Question and answer
Checklist Score
Yes No
Possible roles and responsibilities of supervisor
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Prepare a technical report as supervisor
Steps in making technical report
Gather the necessary information about professional activities
o Research on steps in making technical report
o Asking questions o Small group work o Large group discussion
- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard - Hand out
Resources Learning activities Content
246 | P a g e
Explain the work you have done
Mention any problems you encountered and explain how you solved them
Specify what you hope to accomplish next workday.
Formative Assessment 1.4
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Product evidence
(Check list)
Essay (short responses and extended responses)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Well prepared Technical report
Observation
Performance criterion
Correct preparation of technical report as supervisor
247 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.5: File work related documents
Different ways to file documents in a filing cabinet o Alphabetical o Category o Date o Numerical o Combination
Considerations in filing technics
o Group work on different ways to file documents
o Individual work o Large group discussion o Asking questions
- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard - Hand out on different ways to
file documents
Formative Assessment 1.5
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Product evidence
Essay (short responses and extended responses)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Completed checklist on documents filing
Different ways to file documents
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate filing of work related documents.
Resources Learning activities Content
248 | P a g e
LU 2: Get briefed on industrial attachment program
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Set industrial attachment goals 2. Describe IAP documents 3. Explain how IAP assessment is conducted
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Set industrial attachment goals
Goals of industrial attachment
o Group discussion on the IAP goal
o Research on the IAP goals o Asking questions o Individual work on the setting
of own IAP goals
- Hand out on industrial attachment goals.
- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard
Formative Assessment 2.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper setting of industrial attachment goals
Resources Learning activities Content
249 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Essay (short responses /extended responses) Multiple choice True or false question
Question and answer
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of possible industrial attachment goals
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe IAP documents.
IAP Logbooks: IAP list of competencies to be
developed IAP attendance sheet IAP agreement IAP report form IAP Evaluation form IAP interview form
o Presentation by trainees and trainer
o Small group work on the interpretation of IAP logbooks
o Exercise on the completion of IAP logbooks
o Asking questions o Guided learning on how to
complete IAP logbooks
- Logbooks -
Formative Assessment 2.2
Resources Learning activities Content
250 | P a g e
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Performance evidence
Multiple choice True or false question Question and answer
Checklist Score
Yes No
Essential elements of IAP documents
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper description of IAP documents
251 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2. 3: Explain how IAP assessment is conducted.
Written tests
Performance evidence(marked by company supervisor)
Respond to interview questions
o Presentation by trainees and trainer
o Discussion on IAP assessment is conducted
o Asking questions
- Vocational tools - Task sheets -
Formative Assessment 2.3
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Essay (short responses /extended responses) Expose (presentation)
Performance criterion
Clear explanation on how IAP assessment is conducted
Resources Learning activities Content
252 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Explanation of IAP procedures
Observation
253 | P a g e
LU 3: Develop one’s competences on the workplace
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Develop competencies related to one’s field. 2. Fill Trainee logbook. 3. Describe gained work experience
285 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Develop competencies related to one’s field.
Various activities / tasks related to one’s field.
o Perform various activities / tasks related to one’s field.
- -Vocational tools related to one’ field
Formative Assessment 3.1
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Expected competencies are fully developed.
Resources Learning activities Content
254 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Product evidence
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of well performed activities/ tasks given by industry (checklist)
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Fill Trainee logbook.
IAP reports
IAP Evaluation
IAP interview
o Complete trainee logbook - -logbooks
Formative Assessment 3.2
Performance criterion
Trainee logbook is completely and well filled
Resources Learning activities Content
255 | P a g e
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Product evidence
Checklist Score
Yes No
List of well performed activities/ tasks given by industry (checklist)
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Describe gained work experience
Work experience related to one’s field. o Presentation - Questionnaires containing questions related to work experience.
Formative Assessment 3.3
Performance criterion
Proper description of gained work experience.
Resources Learning activities Content
256 | P a g e
The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Oral evidence
Essay (short responses / extended responses) Expose (presentation)
Checklist Score
Yes No
Brief presentation of experience gained during the industrial attachment period
Observation
Reference books:
1. http://www.differencebetween.net/business/difference-between-factory-and-industry/
2. https://www.capitalfm.co.ke/campus/students-5-things-you-need-to-do-to-secure-an-attachment/
3. http://smallbusiness.chron.com/purpose-organizational-structure-3812.html
4. http://iamanentrepreneur.in/guru-gyan/importance-mapping-organisation-structure/
5. https://www.edrawsoft.com/why-use-orgchart.php
6. http://open.lib.umn.edu/strategicmanagement/chapter/9-3-creating-an-organizational-structure/
7. http://www.differencebetween.com/difference-between-company-and-vs-industry/
8. https://hbr.org/2014/11/to-encourage-innovation-make-it-a-competition
9. http://www.innovationmanagement.se/2012/11/09/does-encouraging-creativity-in-the-workplace-
improve-innovation/
10. http://smallbusiness.chron.com/different-ways-file-documents-filing-cabinet-57513.html
11. https://www.thebalance.com/creating-a-document-management-system-2948084
12. http://www.wow.com/wiki/Technical_writing?s_chn=70&s_pt=source2&s_gl=US&v_t=content
13. https://bizfluent.com/how-5093085-write-daily-report.html
14. https://resources.workable.com/supervisor-job-description
257 | P a g e
15. https://ischool.syr.edu/infospace/2017/07/20/tips-overcoming-Industrial Attachment Program
(IAP)-challenges/
16. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Frank_Twenefour/publication/272370787_Industrial_Trainin
g_Programmes_of_Polytechnics_in_Ghana_The_Pertinent_Issues/links/55056a6e0cf24cee3a046df8
/Industrial-Training-Programmes-of-Polytechnics-in-Ghana-The-Pertinent-Issues.pdf
17. https://toughnickel.com/misc/Challenges-faced-by-interns-Problems-commonly-found-in-Industrial
Attachment Program (IAP)s
18. Adu peproh J., Frank.B.K Twenefour (2015) industrial training program of polytechnics in Ghana: the
pertinent issues, Ghana
258 | P a g e
G E N A M 5 0 1 - MATHEMATICS
GENAM501 Apply Mathematics
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 7 70
Sector: All
Sub-sector: All
Issue date: November, 2018
Purpose statement
This general module describes the knowledge, skills and attitude required to apply mathematics. At the
end of this module, the trainee of Level Fivewill be able to apply fundamentals oftrigonometry, complex
numbers and determine with analysis numerical functions. He/she will also be able to apply
fundamentals of differentiation, natural logarithmic and exponential functions, integration, measure of
dispersion and interpret bivariate data. As Mathematics is a tool of different fields, this module will be
useful to trainee as a means of both measuring and improving their understanding of Mathematics and
he/she will be prepared to perform well in higher education or anywhere in any fields that require some
knowledge of mathematics as well as working in design, maintenance of electricity work, financial and
economics,good performance in critical thinking, and so on.
259 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Not applicable
Elements of competence and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Apply fundamentals of trigonometry
1.1. Appropriate description of angles based on rotating an initial side, about a fixed point to terminal considered position.
1.2. Appropriate determination of trigonometricratiosbased on isosceles rightangledtriangle and equilateral triangle.
1.3. Appropriate description of trigonometric identities based on comparison of trigonometric ratios of two defined angles.
1.4. Perfect solving of trigonometric equationsbasedontrigonometric ratios.
1.5. Appropriate solving of agiventriangle based on Pythagorean Theorem and trigonometric ratios.
2. Apply fundamentals of complex numbers
1. Adequatedescriptionofcomplexnumbers based on calculation process.
2. Proper application of operations on complex numbersbased on calculationstheory.
3. Perfect calculation of complex numbers in polar form based on modulus and argument of given complex numbers.
3. Determine and analyze numerical functions
3.1. Accurate determination of the domain and range of numerical function based on existence condition.
3.2. Adequate identification of symmetry (parity) of numerical function based on definitions of key words (even and odd).
3.3. Perfect determination of limits of a function based on theory of calculating limits.
3.4. Accurate determination of the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial functions based on limits calculation.
4. Apply fundamentals of differentiation
4.1. Proper determination of derivative from given definition. 4.2. Adequate interpretation of derivative of a function by
illustrating a curve with its tangent and secant line. 4.3. Appropriate application of derivativebasedon definitions
260 | P a g e
and calculation of derivatives. 4.4. Accurate curve sketching of a numerical functionfrom the
table of variation of the given function.
5. Apply natural logarithmic functions
5.1. Proper determination of the domain of natural logarithmic functions based on existence conditions.
5.2. Accurate calculation of limit of natural logarithmic functions based on logarithmic properties.
5.3. Appropriate solving ofequations involving logarithms based on domain of validity.
5.4. Perfect differentiation of natural logarithmic functions according to differentiation definition.
5.5. Accurate curve sketching of logarithmic functions based on table of variation.
6. Apply exponential functions
6.1. Accurate determination of the domain of definition of function based on existence condition.
6.2. Adequate calculation of limit of exponential functions based on properties of exponentials.
6.3. Appropriate determination of solutions of exponential equations according to domain of validity.
6.4. Perfect differentiation of exponential functions based on definition of derivative.
6.5. Adequate curve sketching of exponential functions according to the table of variation.
7. Apply fundamentals of integrals
7.1. Proper determination of primitive functions based on definition.
7.2. Proper calculation of definite integrals based on definition.
7.3. Proper application of definite integrals through sketching and calculations.
8. Identify measures of dispersion and interpret bivariate data
8.1. Accurate determination of measures of dispersion according to definitions and calculations.
8.2. Appropriate identification of bivariate data measures based on definitions and calculations.
8.3. Appropriate determination of regression line based on calculations and plotting.
261 | P a g e
LU 1:Apply fundamentals of trigonometry
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Describe angle 2. Determine trigonometric ratios 3. Apply trigonometric identities 4. Solve trigonometric equations 5. Solve triangle
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe angles
Angle definition Rotation
Angles measurement Radian Degree
Units conversion
Pythagorean theorem
o Practical exercises on rotation
o Group discussion on rotation
o Documentary Research
- Ruler - Compass - Protractor - Books - Hand-out notes - Internet
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Open questions
Multiple questions
Performance criterion
Appropriate description of angles based on rotating an initial side, about a
fixed point to terminal considered position
Resources Learning activities Content
262 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Angle is well defined
Rotation of a point through a given angle is well done
Application of required direction orientation
Definition of radian is well given
Definition of degree is well given
Indicator:Angles are accurately measured
Measurements in radians are accurately done
Measurements in degrees are accurately done
Indicator: Units conversion is accurately done
Conversion of radians into degrees is accurately done
Conversion of degree into radians is accurately done
Indicator:Pythagorean theorem is well applied
Calculation of hypotenuse given the 2 sides of the right triangle is accurately done
Calculation of a side of the right triangle given hypotenuse and one of its other sides is accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome1.2:Determine the trigonometric ratios
Definition of trigonometric ratios
Sine
Cosine
Tangent
Cosecant
Secant
cotangent
Calculation of trigonometric ratios
of special angles
030
045
060
o Group discussion on
trigonometric ratios
o Illustration of right triangle
and isosceles triangle
o Practical activity on
trigonometric ratiosfor
special angles
o Documentary research
- Ruler - T-square - Protractor - Books - Hand-out notes - Internet
Formative Assessment 1.2
Resources Learning activities Content
263 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Open questions
Matching questions
Multiple questions
Short questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Trigonometric ratios are defined
Definition of sine is well given
Definition of cosine is well given
Definition of tangent is well given
Definition of cosecant is well given
Definition of secant is well given
Definition of cotangent is well given
Indicator:Calculation of trigonometric ratios of special angles is done
Calculation of Trigonometric ratios of 030 is accurately done
Calculation of Trigonometric ratios of 045 is accurately done
Calculation ofTrigonometric ratios of 060 is accurately done
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate determination of trigonometric ratios based on isosceles right
angled triangle and equilateral triangle
264 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Apply trigonometric identities
Relationship between
trigonometric ratios of some
angles
Complementary
angles
Supplementary angles
Trigonometric ratios of Sum
or difference of two angles
Sine
Cosine
Tangent
Trigonometric ratios of
double angle
Sine
Cosine
Tangent
o Brainstorming on trigonometric identities
o Practical exercises on trigonometric identities
o Internet research
- Ruler - T-square - Protractor - Scientific calculator - Books - Hand-out notes - Internet
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions
Multiple questions
Short question
Performance criterion
Appropriate description of trigonometric identities based on comparison of
trigonometric ratios of two defined angles
Resources Learning activities Content
265 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Comparison between trigonometric ratios of complementary angles is done
Sine for Complementary anglesis properly determined
Cosine for Complementary anglesis properly determined
Tangent for Complementary angles is properly determined
Indicator: Comparison between trigonometric ratios of supplementary angles is done
Sine for supplementary anglesis properly determined
Cosine for supplementary anglesis properly determined
Tangent for supplementary anglesis properly determined
Indicator:Trigonometric ratios of Sum of two angles are identified
Sine of sum of two anglesis properly determined
Cosine of sum of two anglesis properly determined
Tangent of sum of two anglesis properly determined
Indicator:Trigonometric ratios of difference of two angles are identified
Sine of difference of two anglesis properly determined
Cosine of difference of two anglesis properly determined
Tangent of difference of two anglesis properly determined
Indicator:Trigonometric ratios of double angle are identified
Sine of double angleis properly determined
Cosine of double angleis properly determined
Tangent of double angleis properly determined
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.4: Solve trigonometric equations
Solution of equations reducible to the form
sin , 1x k k
cos , 1x k k
tan x b
sin nx k
cosnx k
Solution of equation of the
form
o Brainstorming on different forms of trigonometric equations
o Practical exercises on different forms of trigonometric equations
o Documentary Research
- Mathematics books - Scientific calculator - Internet
sin cosa x b x c
Resources Learning activities Content
266 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions
Multiple questions
Short questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:The given equation is correctly solved
Solution of Equation reducible to the form sin , 1x k k is accurately
found
Solution of Equation reducible to the form cos , 1x k k is accurately
found
Solution of Equation reducible to the form tan x b is accurately found
Solution of Equation reducible to the form sin nx k is accuratelyfound
Solution of Equation reducible to the form cosnx k is accurately found
Solution of Equationsof the form sin cosa x b x c is accurately found
Observation
Performance criterion
Perfect solving of trigonometric equations based on trigonometric ratios
267 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.5: Solve triangle
Methods of solving triangle
Sine law Cosine law
o Brainstorming on trigonometric ratios and Pythagorean theorem
o Practical exercises on different forms of triangle equations
o Documentary Research
- Mathematics books - Scientific calculator - Internet
Formative Assessment 1.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions
Short questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Sine law is well applied
Determination of a side of a triangle given one of its sides and two of its corresponding angle is accurately done
Determination of angles of a triangle given its three corresponding sides and one of its angleappropriately done
Indicator:Cosine law is well applied
Determination of a side of a triangle given its opposite angle and two of its other sides accurately done
Determinationof angles of a triangle given its three sides is appropriately done
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate solving of a given triangle based on Pythagorean Theorem and
trigonometric ratios
Resources Learning activities Content
268 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.1 :Conceptualize complex numbers
Description of complex numbers
Definition and properties of ' 'i Real part Imaginary part
Set of complex number
Geometric representation of a complex number
Argand diagram
o Group discussion on imaginary number
o Practical exercises on representation of a complex number
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU 2:Apply fundamentals of complex numbers
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Conceptualize complex numbers 2. Operate on complex numbers 3. Perform calculations of complex numbers in polar form
5 Hours
Performance criterion
Adequate description of complex numbers based on calculation process
Resources Learning activities Content
269 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Multiple choice questions Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Concept of a complex number is achieved
Definition of imaginary number ' 'i is well given
Application of properties of ' 'i is appropriately done
Identification of real part of a complex number is appropriately given
Identification of imaginary part of a complex numberis appropriately given
Definition of a set of complex numbersis well given
Indicator:Geometric representation of a complex number is done
Location of a point in Argand diagram is appropriately done
Location of a vector in Argand diagramis appropriately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2:Operate on complex numbers
Calculations in , ,
Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division Modulus of a complex
number Square roots of a complex
number
Solving equations in Quadratic equations
o Group discussion on operations on complex numbers
o Practical exercises on
solving equation in o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Resources Learning activities Content
270 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short question on calculation Open questionson calculations in the field of complex number
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Calculations in , , is well performed
Addition is well done
Subtractionis well done
Multiplicationis well done
Divisionis well done
Modulus of a complex numberis accurately determined
Square roots of a complex number is accurately determined
Indicator:Solutions of given equations are properly found
Solving quadratic equations in is well done
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper application of operations on complex numbers based on calculations
theory
271 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3 :Perform calculations of complex numbers in polar form
Definitions Argument of a complex number Polar form of a complex number
Calculations Polar form of product and
quotient of two complex numbers
Power of complex number in polar form
De Moivre’s theorem Changing a complex number
from polar form to algebraic form and vice versa
o Group discussion on set of complex number
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple questions on determination of argument of a complex number
Open questions on determination of complex number’s polar form
Performance criterion
Perfect calculation of complex numbers in polar form based on modulus and argument of given complex numbers
Resources Learning activities Content
272 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Argument is defined
Determination of argument of a complex number is appropriately done
Indicator:Polar form is accurately indicated
Polar form of a given complex number is properly determined
Indicator:Calculation is performed
Determination of polar form of a product of two complex numbersis appropriately done
Determination of polar form of a quotient of two complex numbers is appropriately done
Calculation of a power of complex numbers in polar form is accurately done
Application of DeMoivre’s formula is properly done
Change from polar form to algebraic form is properly done
Change from algebraic form to polar form is properly done
Observation
273 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.1: Determine the domain and range of numerical function
Definitions Existence
condition Domain of
definition of a function
Range of a function
Calculations Domain of
definition of a function
Range of a function
o Group discussion on existence condition
o Practical exercises determination of domain and range of a function
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 3.1
LU 3:Determine and analyze numerical functions
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine the domain and range of numerical function 2. Identify thesymmetry of numerical function 3. Determine limits of a function 4. Determine the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial functions
10 Hours
Performance criterion
Accurate determination of the domain and range of numerical function based on
existence condition
Resources Learning activities Content
274 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Short questions Open questions Matching
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Definition is well given
Concept of domain of definition (all allowed inputs)is properly given
Concept of range (all possible outcomes) is properly given
Indicator:Calculation is accurately done
Determination of domain of definition is appropriately done
Determination of range is appropriately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2:Identify the symmetry of numerical function
Even function
Odd function
o Group discussion symmetry of
numerical function
o Pairing work
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 3.2
Performance criterion
Adequate identification of symmetry (parity) of numerical function based on
definitions of key words (even and odd)
Resources Learning activities Content
275 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Open questions Short questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Parameters that influence symmetry are well identified
Identification of even function
Identification of odd function
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3:Determine limits of a function
Finite limits
Infinite limits
Limit at infinity
Indeterminate case
0
0
0
o Group discussion on
calculation of limits
o Pairing work
o Practical exercises on calculation of limits
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Perfect determination of limits of a function based on theory of calculating limits
Resources Learning activities Content
276 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions Short questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Determination of limit is well done
Finite limits are accurately determined
Infinite limitsare accurately determined
Limit at infinityare accurately determined
Indeterminate caseare accurately determined
Indicator:Determination of limit for indeterminate case is accurately performed
0
0
0
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.4: Determine the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial functions
Definitions
Boundaries of
domain of definition
Horizontal
asymptote
Vertical asymptote
Oblique asymptote
Calculations
Horizontal
asymptote
Vertical asymptote
Oblique asympto
o Pairing work on boundaries of
domain of definition
o Practical exercises on different
types of asymptotes
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Resources Learning activities Content
277 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions
Short questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Definition is well given
Definition of Boundaries of domain of definition is properly given
Definition of Horizontal asymptote is perfectly given
Definition of Vertical asymptoteis perfectly given
Definition of Oblique asymptoteis perfectly given
Indicator:Calculation is accurately done
Determination of Horizontal asymptote is appropriately done
Determination of Vertical asymptoteis appropriately done
Determination of Oblique asymptoteis appropriately done
Observation
Performance criterion
Accurate determination of the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial
functions based on limits calculation
278 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.1:Determine derivative of a function
Definition of derivative
Calculation of derivatives Derivative of function at a given
point Derivative of a polynomial function Derivative of a rational function Derivative of an irrational function Successive derivatives
o Group discussion on derivative of function
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved. Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions Short questions
LU 4:Apply fundamentals of differentiation
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine derivative of a function 2. Interpret derivative of a function 3. Apply derivative 4. Sketch an accurate curve of a function
15 Hours
Performance criterion
Proper determination of derivative from given definition
Resources Learning activities Content
279 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Definition is given
Definition of derivative is well given
Indicator : Calculation is well performed
Calculation of derivative of a function at a given point is accurately done
Calculation of derivative of a polynomial function is accurately done
Calculation of derivative of a rational function is accurately done
Calculation of derivative of an irrational function is accurately done
Calculation of successive derivativeis accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2 :Interpret derivative of a function
Geometric interpretation of a derivative of a function at a point
Kinematical meaning of a derivative
o Group discussion on derivative function
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions
Performance criterion
Adequate interpretation of derivative of a function by illustrating a curve with its
tangent and secant line
Resources Learning activities Content
280 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Interpretation of derivative is correctly given
Geometricinterpretation of a derivative is correctly given
Kinematical meaning of a derivativeis correctly given
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.3:Apply derivative
Tangent and normal at a point of a function
Increasing and decreasing function
Maximum and minimum points of a function
Concavity, inflection point on a curve
o Group discussion on differentiation of function
o Practical exercises on different applications of derivative
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of derivative based on definitions and calculation of
derivatives
Resources Learning activities Content
281 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Application of derivative is accuratelydone
Determination of tangent at a point of a function is properly done
Determination of increasing interval is appropriately done
Determination of decreasing interval is appropriately done
Calculation of Minimum point of a function is accurately done
Calculation of Maximum point of a function is accurately done
Determination of concavity of a curveis appropriately done
Determination of inflexion point on a curveis accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.4:Sketch an accurate curve of a given function
Parameters required Variation table Additional points
Curve sketching Curve sketching of
polynomial function Curve sketching of rational
function Curve sketching of
irrational function
o Group discussion on different types of function
o Practical exercises on curves sketching
o Documentary Research
- Ruler - Scientific
calculator - Pencil - Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 4.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Accurate curve sketching of a numerical function from the table of variation of
the given function
Resources Learning activities Content
282 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions Curve sketched
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Parameters that influence curve skecthing are well established
Construction of table of variation is appropriately done
Choice of additional points is appropriately done
Indicator : Curve sketching is accurately done
Curve sketching of polynomial function is properly done
Curve sketching of rational functionis properly done
Curve sketching of irrational functionis properly done
Observation
283 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 5.1: Determine the domain of definition of natural logarithmic functions
Existence conditions
Boundaries
Domain of definition
o Brainstorming on existence condition
o Pairing in determining the boundaries of domain of definition
o Group workondetermination of domain of definition
- Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet
Formative Assessment 5.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU5:Apply natural logarithmic functions
5
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine the domain of definition of natural logarithmic functions
2. Calculate limit of natural logarithmic functions
3. Solve equations involvinglogarithms
4. Perfect differentiation of natural logarithmic functions 5. Sketch the curve of logarithmic functions
10 Hours
Performance criterion
Proper determination of the domain of natural logarithmic functions based on
existence conditions
Resources Learning activities Content
284 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions
Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Existence condition is appropriate to the given function
Determination of existence conditions is well given
Indicator:Determination of domain is accurate
Determination of boundaries of domain of definition is perfectly done
Deduction of domain of definition is correctly done
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.2: Calculate limit of natural logarithmic functions
Properties of logarithms
Finite limits
Limits at infinity
Deduction of Asymptotes
o Brainstorming on calculation of limits
o Documentary Research o Group work in determining
asymptotes equations
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 5.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions
Performance criterion
Accurate calculation of limit of natural logarithmic functions based on
logarithmic properties
Resources Learning activities Content
285 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Calculation is perfectly done
Finite limitsare accurately determined
Limits at infinity are well identified
Indicator:Deduction/ Calculation of asymptotes is appropriately done
Vertical asymptotes is appropriately determined
Horizontal asymptotesis appropriately determined
Oblique asymptotesis appropriately determined
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.3: Solve equations involving logarithms
Domain of validity
Solving logarithmic equations
Set of solutions
o Brainstorming on domain of validity and solution set of logarithmic equation
o Group discussion on solving logarithmic equations
o Documentary Research
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 5.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions Solving equations
Performance criterion
Appropriate solving of equations involving logarithms based on domain of
validity
Resources Learning activities Content
286 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Application of properties of logarithms is well performed
Application of properties of logarithms is properly done
Indicator: Domain of validity is accurately mentioned
Determination of domain of validity is accurately done
Indicator: Solving logarithmic equation is well done
Solutions of logarithmic equationsare accurately given
Identification of domain of validity and set of solutionsis accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.4: Differentiate natural logarithmic functions
Differentiation
Increasing and decreasing intervals
Concavity
o Brainstorming on differentiation o Group discussion on differentiating
natural logarithmic functions
o Pairing work on increasing or decreasing intervals and concavity for logarithmic functions.
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 5.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open question
Performance criterion
Perfect differentiation of natural logarithmic functions according to
differentiation definition
Resources Learning activities Content
287 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Determination/ calculation is well performed
Calculation of First derivative
Identification of increasing intervals
Identification of decreasing intervals
Determination of maximum points
Determination of minimum points
Calculation of second derivative
Identification of concavity
Determination of inflection points
Observation
Learning Outcome 5.5: Sketch the curve of logarithmic functions
Parameters required Variation table Additional points
Curve sketching
o Brainstorming variation table o Group discussion on how to
choose additional points
o Pairing work on curve sketching o Documentary Research
- Ruler - Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet
Formative Assessment 5.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Accurate curve sketching of logarithmic functions based on table of variation
Resources Learning activities Content
288 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions Curve sketched
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Parameters that influence curve sketching are well identified
Presentation of variation tableis properly done
Selection of additional points is properly done
Indicator:Curve sketched is accurate
Presentation of asymptotes if any is properly done
Plotting the curve is properly done
Observation
289 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 6.1: Determine the domain of exponential functions
Existence conditions
Boundaries
Domain of definition
o Brainstorming domain and range of exponential function
o Group work on determination of domain of definition of exponential function
o Documentary Research
- Reference books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 6.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
LU 6: Apply exponential functions
6
Learning Outcomes:
1. Determine the domain of exponential functions
2. Calculate limit of exponential functions
3. Solve equations involving exponentials
4. Perfect differentiation of exponential functions
5. Sketch the curve of exponential functions 5 Hours
Performance criterion
Accurate determination of the domain of definition of function based on
existence condition
Resources Learning activities Content
290 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Existence condition is appropriate to the given function
Existence conditionsare appropriately indicated
Indicator:Determined domain is appropriate
Determination of boundaries of domain of definition is properly done
Deduction of domain of definition is perfectly done
Observation
Learning Outcome 6.2: Calculate limit of exponential functions
Finite limits
Limits at infinity
Deduction/ calculation of Asymptotes
o Brainstorming on calculating limits
o Documentary Research o Group work on determination
of asymptotes
- Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet
Formative Assessment 6.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions
Open questions
Performance criterion
Adequate calculation of limit of exponential functions based on properties of
exponentials
Resources Learning activities Content
291 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Limits calculation is perfectly done
Finite limits are accurately determined
Limits at infinity are properly found
Indicator:Deduction/ Calculation of asymptotes is appropriate
Horizontal asymptotes are appropriately determined
Vertical asymptotesare appropriately determined
Oblique asymptotesare accurately determined
Observation
Learning Outcome 6.3: Solve equations involving exponentials
Properties of exponentials
Domain of validity
Solving equations involving exponentials
Set of solutions
o Discussion on domain of validity o Group work on solving exponential
equations
o Documentary Research
- Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet
Formative Assessment 6.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions Solving equations
Performance criterion
Appropriate determination of solutions of exponential equations according to
domain of validity
Resources Learning activities Content
292 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Application of properties of exponentials is well performed
Application of properties of exponentials is properly done
Indicator: Domain of validity is accurately mentioned
Determination of domain of validity is appropriately done
Indicator: Solving exponential equation is well done
Solutions of exponential equations are appropriatelyfound
Identification of domain of validity and set of solutions is properly done
Observation
Learning Outcome 6.4: Differentiate exponentials functions
Differentiation
Increasing and decreasing intervals
Concavity
o Brainstorming differentiation o Group discussionon increasing and
decreasing intervals
o Pairing work on concavity o Documentary Research
- Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet
Formative Assessment 6.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions
Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Performance criterion
Perfect differentiation of exponential functions based on definition of derivative
Resources Learning activities Content
293 | P a g e
Indicator:Determination/ calculation is well performed
First derivative
Increasing and decreasing intervals
Maximum or minimum points
Second derivative
Concavity
Inflection points
Observation
Learning Outcome 6.5: Sketch the curve of exponential functions
Parameters required Variation table Additional points
Curve sketching
o Brainstorming on variation table o Group discussion on curve
sketching
o Documentary Research
Hand-out notes
Reference books
Internet
Formative Assessment 6.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Open questions
Sketching curve
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Parameters that influence curve sketching are well identified
Performance criterion
Adequate curve sketching of exponential functions according to the table of
variation
Resources Learning activities Content
294 | P a g e
Presentation of variation table
Selection of additional points
Indicator:Curve sketched is accurate
Presentation of asymptotes if any
Plotting the curve
Observation
295 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 7.1:Calculate the primitive functions
Definition
Properties Continuity of primitive function Set of primitive functions Immediate primitive
Techniques of integration Integration by decomposition Integration by change of variable Integration by parts
o Group discussion on primitive function
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 7.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
LU 7: Apply fundamentals of integrals
7
Learning Outcomes:
1. Calculate the primitive functions 2. Calculate definite integrals 3. Apply definite integrals
15 Hours
Performance criterion
Proper determination of primitive functions based on definition
Resources Learning activities Content
296 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:Definition of primitive function is given
Definition of primitive function is well given
Indicator: Properties of primitive functions are applied
Calculation of integrals by using properties of primitive functions is accurately done
Indicator:Tecnique of integration is appropriately used
Integrals calculation by Immediate primitive
Integrals calculation by change of variable
Integrals calculation by decomposition
Integrals calculation by parts
Observation
Learning Outcome 7.2:Calculate definite integrals
Definition
Methods of integration Integration of definite integrals by
change of variable Integration of definite integrals by
decomposition Integration of definite integrals by
parts
o Group discussion on definite integral
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 7.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper calculation of definite integrals based on definition
Resources Learning activities Content
297 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Multiple choice questions Open questions
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Definition of definite integral is given
Definition of definite integral is well given
Indicator:Tecnique of integration is appropriately applied
Integration of definite integrals by parts is perfectly done
Integration of definite integrals by decompositionis perfectly done
Integration of definite integrals by change of variableis perfectly done
Observation
Learning Outcome 7.3:Apply definite integrals
Calculation of area
Calculation of volume
Calculation of the length of curved surface
o Group discussion on definite integral and its application
o Practical exercises o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 7.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved
Performance criterion
Proper application of definite integrals through sketching and calculations
Resources Learning activities Content
298 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions Curve sketching
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Application of definite integrals is conveniently performed
Calculation of area using definite integrals is properly done
Calculation of volume using definite integralsis properly done
Calculation of curved surface using definite integralsis properly done
Observation
299 | P a g e
LU 8: Identify measures of dispersion and interpret bivariate data
8
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the measures of dispersion 2. Describe the measures of the bivariate data 3. Determine the regression line
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 8.1:Identifythe measures of dispersion
Variance
Standard deviation
Coefficient of variation
o Group discussion on measures of dispersion
o Practical exercises standard deviation and coefficient of variation
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 8.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence Short questions Open questions
Performance criterion
Accurate determination of measures of dispersion according to definitions and calculations
Resources Learning activities Content
300 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Definition of a measure of dispersion is well given
Definition of Variance is well given
Definition of Standard deviation is well given
Indicator : Calculation of a given measure of dispersion is perfectly done
Calculation of Variance is accurately done
Calculation of Standard deviation is accurately done
Calculation of Coefficient of variationis accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 8.2:Describe the measures of the bivariate data
Correlation
Covariance
Coefficient of correlation
o Group discussion on correlation
o Practical exercises on covariance and coefficient of correlation
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 8.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short questions Open questions
Performance criterion
Appropriate identification of bivariate data measures based on definitions and
calculations
Resources Learning activities Content
301 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Definitionof a given measure of bivariate data is well given
Definition of Correlation is well done
Definition of Covariance is well done
Indicator : Calculation of a given measur of bivarriate data is correctly done
Calculation of Covarianceis accurately done
Calculation of Coefficient of correlationis accurately done
Observation
Learning Outcome 8.3:Determine the regression line
Definitions Scatter diagram Regression line
Calculation and plotting of regression line
o Group discussion on scatter diagram
o Practical exercises on equation of regression line
o Documentary Research
- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 8.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written evidence
Short question Open questions
Performance criterion
Appropriate determination of regression line based on calculations and plotting
Resources Learning activities Content
302 | P a g e
Reference books:
1. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2015). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book Senior Four. Kigali: Fountain. 2. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2016). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book
Senior Five. Kigali: Fountain. 3. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2017). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book
Senior Six. Kigali: Fountain. 4. Shampiona, A. (2005). Mathématique 6. Kigali: Rwanda Education Board 5. A. J. Sadler, D. W. S. Thorning (1987).Understanding Pure Mathematics, Oxford University
Press. 4. Arthur Adam, Freddy Goossens and Francis Lousberg(1991).Mathematisons 65, DeBoeck, 3rd
edition. 5. David Rayner (2000). Higher GCSE Mathematics, Oxford University Press.
6. DPES- RWANDA (1990).Complexes 5th, Livre de l’élève. IMPRISCO-Kigali.
7. Frank Ebos, Dennis Hamaguchi, Barbana Morrison & John Klassen (1990), Mathematics Principles & Process, Nelson Canada A Division of International Thomson Limited .
8. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir & Joel R. Hass (2010), Thomas’ Calculus Twelfth Edition, Pearson Education.
9. J CRAWSHAW, J CHAMBERS(1984).A concise course in A-Level statistics with worked examples, Stanley Thornes (Publishers) LTD.
10. Peter Smythe (2005).Mathematics HL & SL with HL options, Revised Edition, Mathematics Publishing Pty. Limited.
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator : Definition is given
Scatter diagram is properly defined
Regression line is properly defined
Indicator : Graphical presentation is accurate
Presentation of scatter diagram is properly done
Plotting regression line on scatter diagram is appropriately done
Observation
303 | P a g e
M M D 2 D 5 0 1 - 2D DRAWINGS CONCEPTION
MMD2D501 Conceive 2D drawings
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 10 100
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the end of
this module the learner will be able to create basic drawings, make point perspectives, make
digital painting and apply textures and patterns; he or she will be able to work competitively in
the ICT world under non-directive supervision.
304 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer fundamentals
Color theory
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Create basic drawings 1.1 Correct application of line drawing techniques 1.2 Proper creation of forms and shapes 1.3 Right application of drawing values 1.4 Correct application of space making techniques 1.5 Proper making of proportions and compositions
2. Make 1-point perspective and 2-point perspectives
2.1 Right application of 1-point and 2-point perspective techniques
2.2 Right application of one focal point technique 2.3 Proper application of geometry principles
3. Make digital painting 3.1 Appropriate application of block values method 3.2 Convenient application of under painting technique 3.3 Proper application of painting features
4. Apply textures and patterns 4.1 Proper use of textures and patterns to create movement and rhythm composition
4.2 Proper creation of patterns and textures interaction with lights and colors
4.3 Appropriate unification of 2D composition
305 | P a g e
LU 1: Create Basic Drawings
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply line drawing techniques
2. Create basic shapes and forms
3. Apply drawing values
4. Apply space making techniques
5. Make proportions and compositions 30 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1:Apply line drawing techniques
Identification of types of line thick
thin
horizontal
vertical
zigzag
diagonal
curly
curved
spiral
Application of line drawing techniques Small dashes
Hatching
Cross-hatching
Stippling
Scribbles
Small crosses
Small circles
o Brainstorming on drawing in
general
o Group discussion on types of
lines
o Demonstration on drawing
lines
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing software
- Electronic drawing
gadget
Resources Learning activities Content
306 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking
True or false questions
Matching
Sentence completion
Open ended questions
Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Types of lines are identified
Thick
Thin
Horizontal
Vertical
Zigzag
Diagonal
Curly
Curved
Spiral
Indicator: Line drawing techniques are applied
Small dashes
Hatching
Cross-hatching
Stippling
Scribbles
Small crosses
Small circles
Observation
Performance criterion
Correct application of line drawing techniques
307 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Create shapes and forms
Drawing of the silhouette and line Choice of the perspective of
the silhouette
Drawing of the silhouette
Creation of basic 2D shapes Creation of 2D drawings
with squares
Creation of 2D drawings
with circles
Creation of 2D drawings
with triangles
Creation of basic 3D forms Creation of 3D drawings
with sphere
Creation of 3D drawings
with cone
Creation of 3D drawings
with cylinder
Creation of 3D drawings
with torus
Creation of 3D drawings
with cube
o Brainstorming on drawing
forms
o Brainstorming on difference
between forms and shapes
o Brainstorming on the
difference between 2D and 3D
drawings
o Group discussion on
silhouettes, lines, shapes and
forms
o Demonstration on shapes and
forms
o Watch video tutorials
o Practical exercises on creation
of basic shapes and forms
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing
software
- Electronic
drawing gadget
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper creation of forms and shapes
Resources Learning activities Content
308 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation/checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator:The silhouette and line drawings are done
Choice of the perspective of the silhouette
Drawing of the silhouette
Indicator: 2D shapes are created
2D drawings with squares creation
2D drawings with circles creation
2D drawings with triangles creation
Indicator: 3D forms arecreated
3D drawings with sphere creation
3D drawings with cone creation
3D drawings with cylinder creation
3D drawings with torus creation
3D drawings with cube creation
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3:Apply drawing values
Application of lighting techniques in drawing Lights Setting
Highlights Reflected light
Darkness Setting
Shadows Core of shadow Cast shadow
o Brainstorming on lighting
techniques in drawing
o Demonstration on lighting
techniques in drawing
o Watch video tutorials
o Practical exercises on
Application of drawing values
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing software - Electronic
Resources Learning activities Content
309 | P a g e
drawing gadget
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Lighting techniques in drawing are applied
Set lights
Set darkness
Observation
Performance criterion
Right application of drawing values
310 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.4:Apply space making techniques
The drawings management Specify size
Apply overlap
Specify placement
Indicate details
Choose and apply
color
o Brainstorming on arranging drawings
o Demonstration on arranging drawings
o Watch video tutorials o Practical exercises on applying
space making techniques
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing software - Electronic
drawing gadget
Formative Assessment 1.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Correct application of space making techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
311 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Drawings are managed
Specify size
Apply overlap
Specify placement
Indicate details
Choose and apply color
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.5: Make proportions and compositions
Application of golden mean techniques Golden rectangle
technique
Fibonacci sequence
theory
Golden spiral
Rule of thirds
techniques
Selection of angles Profile
Straight on
Up
Up three-quarters
Down
Three-quarters
Down three-quarters
Rear three-quarters
Composition of shots Balance
o Brainstorming on proportions and
composition
o Group discussion on shots
composition and angles
o Demonstration on golden mean
techniques, shots composition
and angles
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing software
- Electronic drawing
gadget
Resources Learning activities Content
312 | P a g e
Leading lines
Framing
Canter dominance
Patterns and
repetitions
Symmetry
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Golden mean techniques are applied
Golden rectangle technique
Fibonacci sequence theory
Golden spiral
Rule of thirds techniques
Indicator: Angles are selected
Profile
Straight on
Up
Up three-quarters
Down
Three-quarters
Down three-quarters
Performance criterion
Proper making of proportions and compositions
313 | P a g e
Rear three-quarters
Indicator: Shots are composed
Balance
Leading lines
Framing
Centre dominance
Patterns and repetitions
Symmetry
Observation
314 | P a g e
U 2: Make 1-point perspective and 2-point perspective
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply 1-point and 2-point perspective techniques
2. Apply one focal point techniques
3. Apply geometry principles
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply 1-point and 2-point perspective techniques
1-point perspective and the cube technique Horizon line
Vanishing point
Orthogonal lines
Two-point perspective and the cube technique Horizon line
Vanishing points
Station point
Picture plane
Top and side views
Manipulation of 3D drawings using 1-point and 2-point Perspectives
o Brainstorming on 1-point
and 2-point perspective
techniques
o Demonstration on 1-point
and 2-point perspective
techniques
o Demonstration on
manipulation of 3D
drawings using 2-Point
Perspective
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing software
- Electronic drawing
gadget
Formative Assessment 2.1
Performance criterion
Right application of 1-point and 2-point perspective techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
315 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: 1-point perspective and the cube technique are applied
Horizon line
Vanishing point
Orthogonal lines
Indicator: Two-point perspective and the cube technique are applied
Horizon line
Vanishing point
Station point
Picture plane
Top and side views
Manipulate 3D drawings using 1-point and 2-Point Perspectives
Indicator: 3D drawings are done
Using 1-point perspective
Using 2-point perspective
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Apply one focal point techniques
Setting an area of artwork Contrast
Isolation
Placement
o Group discussion on an
artwork
o Demonstration of usage
of one focal point
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
Resources Learning activities Content
316 | P a g e
Convergence
The unusual
techniques
o Practical exercises on
one focal point
techniques
o Watch video tutorials
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer
- Drawing
software
- Electronic
drawing gadget
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Areas of the artwork are set
Contrast
Isolation
Placement
Convergence
The unusual
Observation
Performance criterion
Right application of one focal point techniques
317 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply of geometry principles
Linear/reverse Perspective 1-point perspective
2-point perspective
3-point perspective
Curvilinear Perspective Spherical projection
o Demonstration on geometry
principles in perspectives
o Demonstration on linear,
curvilinear and reverse
perspectives
o Exercises on linear ,
curvilinear and reverse
perspectives
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Pencils
- Papers
- Erasers
- Ruler
- Computer - Drawing software - Electronic drawing
gadget
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper application of geometry principles
Resources Learning activities Content
318 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Linear/Reverse perspective is done
1-point perspective
2-point perspective
3-point perspective
Indicator: Curvilinear perspective is done
Spherical projection
Observation
319 | P a g e
LU 3: Make digital painting
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply the block values method
2. Apply the under painting technique
3. Apply the painting features
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Apply block values method
Introduction to the painting software Interface Tools Blending modes
Tints and shades Darker values Lighter values
o Demonstration on painting software
o Demonstration on tints and shades
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Drawing
software
- Electronic
drawing
gadget
- Painting
software
Formative Assessment 3.1
Performance criterion
Appropriate application of block values method
Resources Learning activities Content
320 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The painting software is introduced
Interface
Tools
Blending modes
Indicator: Tints and shades are applied
Darker values
Lighter values
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Apply underpainting technique
Application of different types of under painting techniques Veneda Verdaccio Morellone Grisaille
o Demonstration on under
painting techniques
o Watch video tutorials
o Exercises on under painting
techniques
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Drawing
software
- Painting
software
- Electronic
drawing gadgets
Resources Learning activities Content
321 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Types of underpainting techniques are applied
Veneda
Verdaccio
Morellone
Grisaille
Observation
Performance criterion
Convenient application of under painting technique
322 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Apply painting features
Painting features Strong focal point Layers of color Changes in direction
o Demonstration on painting features
o Watch video tutorials o Exercises on painting
features o Practical exercises on
Appling painting features
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Drawing software
- Painting software
- Electronic drawing
gadgets
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper application of painting features
Resources Learning activities Content
323 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Painting features are applied
Strong focal point
Layers of color
Changes in direction
Observation
324 | P a g e
LU 4: Apply Textures and patterns
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Use textures and patterns to create movement and rhythm
composition
2. Create patterns and textures interaction with lights and colors
3. Unify 2D composition
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1:Use textures and patterns to create movement and rhythm
composition
Creation of textures and patterns Types of textures
Actual Simulated Abstract Invented
Application of textures and patterns to create movement and rhythm
Creation of movement using textures and patterns
Creation of rhythm using textures and patterns
o Demonstration on creation
of textures and patterns
o Exercises using textures and
patterns
o Watch video tutorials
o Practical exercises on
creation of textures and
patterns
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Drawing software
- Painting software
- Electronic drawing
gadgets
Formative Assessment 4.1
Resources Learning activities Content
325 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: textures and patterns are created
Types of textures
Indicator: Textures and patterns are applied to create movement and rhythm composition
Creation of movement using textures and patterns
Creation of rhythm using textures and patterns
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper use of textures and patterns to create movement and rhythm
composition
326 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.2. Create patterns and textures interaction with lights and colors
Aspects of texture Surface contour Surface friction Thermal character
Texture interaction with light according to degree of smoothness Refraction Absorption Reflection
Texture and color Color reflection Wet surfaces Dull surface
Aspects of pattern Sources
Nature Man-made objects Imagination Symbolism
Interpretation of surface Realistic Stylized Abstract Geometric
Arrangement All-over Four-way Two-way One-way Border Spaced
Pattern and structural design Harmony Motion Location of motifs Contrast
o Demonstration on how to use
patterns and textures
interaction with lights and
colors
o Exercises on the use of
patterns and textures
interaction with lights and
colors
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout
notes
- Computer
- Drawing
software
- Painting
software
- Electronic
drawing
gadgets
Formative Assessment 4.2
Resources Learning activities Content
327 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Aspects of texture are created
Surface contour
Surface friction
Thermal character
Indicator: Textures interaction with light according to degree of smoothness are performed
Refraction
Absorption
Reflection
Indicator: Texture and color are done
Color reflection
Wet surfaces
Dull surface
Indicator: Aspects of pattern are done
Sources
Interpretation of surface
Arrangement
Indicator: Pattern and structural design are applied
Harmony
Motion
Location of motifs
Contrast
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper creation of patterns and textures interaction with lights and colors
328 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.3: Unify 2D composition
The 8 elements of composition in art Unity Balance Movement Rhythm Focus Contrast Pattern Proportion
o Demonstration on 8
elements of composition
o Exercises on 8 elements of
composition in art
o Watch video tutorials
o Practical exercises on 2D
composition
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Drawing software
- Painting software
- Electronic drawing
gadgets
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Appropriate unification of 2D composition
Resources Learning activities Content
329 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The 8 elements of composition in art are identified
Unity
Balance
Movement
Rhythm
Focus
Contrast
Pattern
Proportion
Observation
330 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
Organization Internationale pour les Dessins Réels (OIDR) is an international organization based in Toulouse (France) organizing annual exhibitions on real images drawing worldwide. Last year, Juru district was one of the exhibitors. Unfortunately it was heavily criticized for a non-communicative drawing of the district image. This year, the district is determined to win the exhibition award. As a multimedia technician, you are requested to draw a communicative drawing representing the real image of Juru district, The colored drawing on A4 canvas respecting drawing rules, they must be submitted to the district office. The task must be completed within 6 hours and the color must be appropriate to the object that it is representing.
Tools Paper Pencil Eraser Ruler Computer Internet Drawing software Painting software Electronic drawing gadgets
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Line drawings techniques are applied
Small dashes
Hatching
Stippling
Indicator: Shapes and forms are created
silhouettes drawn
Create shapes
Create forms
Indicator: Drawing values are applied
Lighting techniques
Indicator: Space making techniques are applied
Drawing management
Indicator: Proportions and composition are done
Golden mean techniques
Angles
Shots
Indicator:1-point and 2-point perspective techniques are applied
1-point perspective and the cube technique
2-point perspective and the cube technique
3D drawings using 1-point and 2-point perspectives
Indicator: One focal point technique is applied
331 | P a g e
Area of artwork
Indicator: geometry principles
Linear/Reverse perspective
Curvilinear perspective
Indicator: Block values method are applied
Software
Tints and shades
Indicator: Underpainting techniques are applied
Veneda/Verdaccio/Morellone/Grisaille
Indicator: Painting features are applied
Layers of color
Strong focal point
Changes in direction
Indicator:Textures and patterns are used to create movement and rhythm composition
Textures and patterns created
Textures and patterns applied
Indicator:Patterns and textures interaction with lights and colors is done
Aspects of texture
Texture interaction with light according to degree of smoothness
Texture and color
Aspects of pattern
Pattern and structural design
Indicator:The composition is unified
Elements of art composition
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Drawing is well done
Silhouettes, shapes and forms are used
Lighting techniques are applied
Composition elements are used and respected
Drawing techniques are applied
Observation
332 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected
Time required (6hrs)
Indicator: Size respected
A4 canvas
Indicator: Materials and equipment are well used
No wasted materials
Indicator: The drawing is communicative
Drawing rules
Painting rules
All informations visible
Observation
Reference books:
Beccia, C. C. (April 18, 2014). The Digital Renaissance: Classic Painting Techniques in Photoshop
and Painter (1 ed.). Abingdon, United Kingdom: Routledge.
Bloom, S. R. (December 11, 2012). Digital Collage and Painting: Using Photoshop and Painter to
Create Fine Art (2nd ed.). Abingdon, United Kingdom: Routledge.
LEWIS, DAVID;. (1984). PENCIL DRAWING TECHNIQUES. Watson-Guptill Publications.
Richard L. Yepez, K. E. (2006). BASICS: PENCIL TECHNIQUE. Dallas: University of Texas at Dallas.
STANYER, P. (2003). The Complete Book of DRAWING TECHNIQUES A PROFESSIONAL GUIDE FOR
THE ARTIST. Berkshire: Arcturus Publishing.
Threinen-Pendarvis, C. (August 27, 2013). The Photoshop and Painter Artist Tablet Book:
Creative Techniques in Digital Painting Using Wacom and the iPad, Kindle Edition (2nd ed.).
Berkeley, California, United States of America: Peachpit Press.
333 | P a g e
M M D S W 5 0 1 - SCRIPT WRITING
MMDSW501 Writing Script
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 6 60
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the end of
this module the learner will be able to prepare a brainstorming story idea, developing of the
skills in writing scripts for either, television or cinema. The module also will extend the
understanding of the demands of different performance media and venues. The students will
gain hands-on experience in field of multimedia world; he or she will be able to work
competitively in the multimedia world under non-directive supervision.
334 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer Literacy
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Brainstorm story ideas and identify characters
1.1. Adequate collection of ideas in a mind map
1.2. Proper storage of the idea in a dashboard.
1.3. Right creation of characters profiles
2. Write treatment 2.1. Correct finding title and writing of a logline
2.1. Proper writing synopsis and wrapping up
2.3. Effectient creation of the treatment layout and treatment structure
3. Compose a flash draft 3.1. Proper identification of the idea through looping process
3.2. Correct writing of the dump
3.3. Proper analysis of the draft structure
335 | P a g e
LU 1: Brainstorm story ideas
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Collect ideas in a mind map
2. Store idea in a dashboard
3. Create characters’ profile
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Collect ideas in a mind map
Strategic planning as the central topic
Topic Story
Brainstorming session Focused story ideas
Ideas to burst a mind map with information Idea sorting Idea expanding Idea focusing
o Brainstorming on central topic planning
o Group discussion on story idea
o Documentation research on story idea
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Pen
- Paper
Resources Learning activities Content
336 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The central topic strategic plans are applied
Topic
Story
Indicator: Brainstorming steps are very described
Focused story ideas
Indicator: specific ideas are very focused
Ideas sorting
Ideas expanding
Ideas focusing
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Store the idea in a dashboard.
Powerful content creation Idea storing Link bookmarking Idea flowing
automation
Idea dashboard criteria description
o Description of idea flowing and automation techniques
o Group discussion on idea dashboard criteria
o Demonstration of the right format selection
- Books - Visual aids - Internet - scripting
software - Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Adequate collection of ideas in a mind map
337 | P a g e
Relevance Brevity Visual component Flexibility
Key categories and right format selection Spreadsheet Google docs
o Further research on internet - Hand-out notes - Computer
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: powerful content is systematically created
Idea storing
Idea bookmarking
Idea flowing automation
Indicator: key categories and format are properly selected
Spreadsheet
Google docs
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper storage of the idea in the dashboard
338 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Create characters profiles
Character’s basics Names Races Age Nationality
Appearance and mannerism Hair Eye, skin color Thin
Abilities and progression Character development Character history Conflict Plot progression change
o Demonstration on characters basics creation
o Explore the mind mapping techniques
o Brainstorming on changes in plot progression
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Scripting software
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Right creation of characters profiles
Resources Learning activities Content
339 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The character basics are identified
Names, ages, nationality, races …..
Indicator: Appearance and mannerism are described
Physical appearance
Indicator: Abilities and progression
Character development
Character history
Internal or external conflict
Plot progression change management
Observation
340 | P a g e
LU 2: Write treatment
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Find the title and write a logline
2. Write a synopsis and wrap up
3. Create the treatment layout and treatment structure
30 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Find the title and write a logline
Script titling Marketability
Storytelling
Dual meaning
Protagonist identification and goals
Protagonist
Antagonist
Conflict
o Demonstration of perfect
titling techniques
o Description of the goal of
the protagonist and the
antagonist
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Scripting softwares
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Correct finding title and writing of a logline
Resources Learning activities Content
341 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: title well selected and the logline are developed
Marketability
Storytelling
Dual meaning
Indication : Protagonist and goals are identified
Conflict
Antagonist
Protagonist
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Write a synopsis and wrap up
Skim through manuscript Important event selection
Synopsis format Narrative arc Active voice Unique point of view Story advancement Clear writing
o Brainstorming on the selection of the events techniques
o Documentation research o Description of
background section parts
o Brainstorming on different synopsis formats
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- scripting
software
- Computer
- Hand-out notes
- Computer
Formative Assessment 2.2
Resources Learning activities Content
342 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: manuscript are proofread
Events selections
Indicator: synopsis format is respected
Narrative arc
Active voice
Unique point of view
Story advancement
Clear writing
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper writing of the synopsis and wrapping up
343 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Create the treatment layout and treatment structure
Screenplay regulation Present tense
Application of traditional slugs INT EXT…
Storytelling Rich content
Biographical background
o Description of different slugs
o Brainstorming on storytelling
techniques.
o Documentation research
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- scripting
software
- Computer
- Hand-out notes
- Computer
- Video editing
software
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Effectient creation of the treatment layout and treatment structure
Resources Learning activities Content
344 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: screenplay regulations are described
Present tense
Indicator: traditional slugs are applied
INT
EXT
Indicator: Storytelling format is respected
Rich content,Biographical background
Observation
345 | P a g e
LU1: Compose a flash draft
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the idea through looping process 2. Write the dump 3. Analyze the draft structure
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Identify the idea through looping process
Idea concept Strategies and steps Imagination guiding Target audience
Looping process Free writing rules Free writing looping cycle
o Demonstration of idea
concept techniques
o Description of idea
imagination ruling guide
o Documentation research
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- scripting software
- Computer
- Hand-out notes
- Computer
- Editing software
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion
has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper identification of the idea through looping process
Resources Learning activities Content
346 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Idea concept is described
Strategies and steps
Imagination guiding
Target audience
Free writing looping cycle
Indicator: The looping process is described
Freewriting rules
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: write the dump
Exposition through dialogue Expository prop Exposition rules Information dump
Exposition through film form Mise-en-scene details Camera movement sound, editing and set decoration
3.3.4. Page-Only exposition Expository leeway
o brainstorming on the exposition strategies
o practical exercises on the film form
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- scripting software
- Editing software
- Computer
Formative Assessment 3.2
Resources Learning activities Content
347 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion
has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Exposition through dialogue is described
Expository prop
Exposition rules
Information dump
Indicator: Exposition through film Form is described
Mise-en-scene details
Camera movement
sound, editing and set decoration
Indicator : Page-Only Exposition is described
expository leeway
Observation
Performance criterion
Correct writing of the dump
348 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Analyze the draft structure
Act structure Set up
Inciting incident Lead characters Obstacles
Confrontation Protagonist
dramatic tension
Major setback Resolution
Climax Ends
o Description of act structure o Practical exercises on act storyline o Documentation research o Brainstorming on act
structure
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- scripting
software
- Editing
software - Computer
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion
has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Performance criterion
Proper analysis of the draft structure
Resources Learning activities Content
349 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
The Rwanda culture show is a non-government organization located in
Huye district. It is organizing the Miss Rwanda event and maintains a
memorable story. In this context, a video production company is hired
to cover the event. Unfortunately, due to the lack of the script writer
within the staffs, the company cannot produce a high quality video.
Therefore, it is looking for the script writer to write the script for the
video. The script will be used to make a high quality video. As a
multimedia technician, you are called to write the script for the
event’s video.
From the above provided information, you are required to:
1. develop idea
2. write the treatments
3. compose flash draft
At the end of the task you must report to the video producer the work
you have done with some recommendations. The task must be
performed within 8 hours.
Computer Scripting software Papers Pencils Markers Meta card Flip chart Editing software
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Acts structure are done
Set up
Confrontation
Resolution
Observation
350 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Collection of ideas in a mind map is done
Strategic planning as the central topic
Brainstorming
Ideas to burst a mind map with information
Indicator: Storing idea in a dashboard is done.
Powerful content creation
Idea dashboard criteria description
Key categories and right format selection
Indicator: Characters profiles is created
Character’s basics
Appearance and mannerism
Abilities and progression
Indicator: Title is obtained and logline is written
Script titling
Protagonist identification and goals
Indicator: Synopsis and wrapping up is written
Skim through manuscript
Synopsis format
Indicator: Treatment layout and treatment structure is created
Screenplay regulation
Application of traditional slugs
Indicator: The idea through looping process is identified
Idea concept
Looping process
Indicator: The dump is written
Exposition through dialogue
Exposition through film form
Page-Only exposition
Indicator: The draft is analysed
Act structure
Observation
351 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: the script is well written
Communicative
Explicative
The script format is used
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected
Time required (8hrs)
Indicator: Materials and equipment are well used
No wasted materials
Indicator: The script is produced
Script format
Script content
Observation
Reference books:
Field, S. (April 24, 2018). The Essential Screenplay (3-Book Bundle): Screenplay: Foundations of
Screenwriting, Screenwriter's Workbook, and Screenwriter's Problem Solver. New York: Bantam.
Field, S. (October 31, 2006). The Screenwriter's Workbook: Exercises and Step-by-Step
Instructions for Creating a Successful Screenplay, Newly Revised and Updated. New York: Delta.
McCartney, A. (2013). Scriptwriting An introduction to screenwriting. Barnsley: OCA.
352 | P a g e
M M D S P 5 0 1 - SHOTLIST PREPARATION
MMDSP501 Prepare shotlist
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 50 50
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the end of
this module the learner will be able to break the screenplay into shot, describe and evaluate shots
and create shotlist table. He or she will be able to work competitively in the Multimedia world under
non-directive supervision.
353 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer Fundamentals
Script Writing (MMDSW501)
Basic knowledge on camera
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Breakdown the screenplay into shot 1.1 Systematic breaking down the scene 1.2 Adequate application of script interpretation
techniques 1.3 Proper creation of stripboard
2. Describe and evaluate shots 2.1 Right identification of the location settings 2.2 Proper description of shots types and camera angles 2.3 Proper planning of the camera position and movement
3. Create shotlist table 3.1 Right organization of the shots based on the shot location
3.2 Adequate specification of the cinematographic techniques
3.3 Proper description of shots and scenes
354 | P a g e
LU 1: Breakdown the screenplay into shots
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Breakdown the scene
2. Apply script interpretation
3. Create stripboard
10 Hours
Learning outcome 1.1: Breakdown the scenes
Script potential
formatting issues
Formatting errors
Script schedule and
import
Scene breakdown
Scene measurement
Divide into 8ths
Script marking
Colored highlighter
Script template
highlights
Specific scene
element summary
Scheduling software
o Brainstorming on script
scheduling
o Group discussion on scene
division
o Documentation research on
script scheduling
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Scripting software
Formative Assessment 1.1
Resources Learning activities Content
355 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgments on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
● Written
● Oral
● Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Format script potential issues are done
Schedule and import
Indicator: Scenes breakdown is created
Measurement
Division
Indicator: Script marking is done
Specific scene element summary
Scheduling software
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Apply script interpretation techniques
● Identification of characters
actions
Character’s objective
● Directors opinion and changes Analysis
o Brainstorming director’s
opinion
o Group discussion on
environment evaluation
o Demonstration by video/
picture of character
identification
- Books
- Scripting software
- Computer
- Hand-out notes
- Video tutorials
- Video Editing software
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Systematic breaking down the scene
356 | P a g e
Changes adaption o Further research on how to
apply director’s change
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
● Written
● Oral
● Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: characters actions are identified
Read the script scenes
Characters objectives
Indicator: Directors opinion and changes
Analysis
Changes adaption
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate application of script interpretation techniques
357 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.3: Create stripboard
● Strip content Scene number
Scene description
INT/EXT
D/N
Character ID numbers
Shooting location
● Company moves Address and location Time
● Break the day Call and wrap up times
o Explore the stripboard
templates
o Documentation research
on different stripboard
templates formats
o Brainstorming on the
moves and breaks
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video tutorials
- Drawing software
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence
Portfolio assessment tools
● Written
● Oral
● Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper creation of stripboard
Resources Learning activities Content
358 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Script contents are identified
Scene number
Scene description
Shooting location
Indicator: Moves company are done
Address of the location
Time
Indicator: Day breaks are identified
Call time
Wrap-ups time
Observation
359 | P a g e
LU 2: Describe and evaluate shots
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the location settings
2. Describe shot types and camera angle
3. Plan the camera position and movement
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify the location settings
Application of strategic planning and research Website Programs Methods
Making contact and build relationship Contact Approaches Insurance Permission Reference photos
Sealing of the deal Rental Rates Location Agreement
o Brainstorming on strategic research
o Group discussion on building relationship
o Documentation research on sealing the deal
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Scripting software
Formative Assessment 2.1
Performance criterion
Right identification of the location settings
Resources Learning activities Content
360 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Strategic Planning and research are done
Website
Programs
Methods
Indicator: Contact and build relationship are made
Contact Approaches
Insurance
Permission
Reference Photos
Indicator: Seal the deal is identified
Rental rates
Location agreement
Observation
361 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe shot types and camera angles
Shot types Extreme Wide Shot (Extreme
Long Shot) ... Wide Shot (WS) or Long Shot
(LS) ... Medium Shot (MS) ... Close-Up (CU) ... Extreme Close Up (ECU /
XCU) ... Point of View (POV)
Camera angle The Bird's-Eye view High Angle Eye level Low angle Oblique
o Description of shots
types
o Group discussion on
adequate camera angles
o Further research on
internet
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- Scripting
Software
- Hand-out notes
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper description of shot types and camera angles
Resources Learning activities Content
362 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Shot types are described
Extreme Wide Shot (Extreme Long Shot)
Wide Shot (WS) or Long Shot (LS)
Close-Up (CU)
Extreme Close Up (ECU / XCU)
Point of View (POV)
Indicator: Camera angle are identified
The Bird's-Eye view
High Angle
Eye level
Low angle
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Plan the camera position and movement
Camera movement Zoom Pan Tilt Dolly Truck Pedestal Rack Focus
o Demonstration on characters
basics creation
o Demonstration on camera
position and movement
o Explore the mind mapping
techniques
o Documentation research
o Brainstorming on changes in
plot progression
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Scripting software
Formative Assessment 2.3
Resources Learning activities Content
363 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Camera movement is described
Zoom
Pan
Tilt
Dolly
Truck
Pedestal
Rack Focus
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper planning of the camera position and movement
364 | P a g e
LU 3: Create shotlist table
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Organize the shots based on the shot location 2. Specify the relevant cinematographic techniques 3. Correct description of shots and audio
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Organize the shots based on the shot location
Shot organization Script reference numbers Scene number Shot numbers Subject Location Props needed
o Brainstorming on scene
management
o Group discussion on the
order of the shot’s links
relationship
o Documentation research
on short list templates
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Right organization of the shots based on the shot location
Resources Learning activities Content
365 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation Checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Shot organization are done
Script reference numbers
Scene number
Shot numbers
Subject
Location
Props needed
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Specify the cinematographic techniques
Cinematographic techniques Shot types Camera angles Camera movement Interior/exterior Day/night Handheld/mounted camera
o Description of needed shot
types
o Group discussion on
adequate camera
movement
o Further research on
internet
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- Scripting
- Software
- Hand-out
notes
Formative Assessment 3.2
Resources Learning activities Content
366 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Cinematographic techniques are described
Shot types
Camera angles
Camera movement
Interior/exterior
Day/night
Handheld/mounted camera
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3 Describe the shots and scenes
Description of the shots and scenes
Subject Audio
Sound tracks
Audio effects
Action/dialogue
Actors involved
o Demonstration of extra shots
and scenes description
o Explore possible needed of
shots and scenes descriptions
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Adequate specification of the cinematographic techniques
367 | P a g e
Special effects
Extra notes
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Description of shots and scenes is done
Subject
Audio
Action/dialogue
Actors involved
Special effects
Extra notes
Action/dialogue
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper describtion of shots and scenes
368 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
Ngoma Video Production company is hired by the Rwanda culture and
tourism incorporation; a non-government organization located in
Huye district, to make a shot film entitled “Travel to the thousand
hills”
Due to the lack of the assistant director in charge of shotlist making
within its staffs, the company cannot make a professional video
production process.
In this regards, the company want to hire an assistant director in
charge of shotlist making.
You are called by the company to do shortlist preparation for the
script in place
From the above provided information, you are required to:
1. Breakdown the screenplay
2. Describe and evaluate shots
3. Create shotlist table
At the end of the task you must report to the video production
company, the work you have done with some recommendations. The
task must be performed within 8 hours.
Computer Scripting software Papers Pencils Markers Meta card Flip chart
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Scenes are systematically broke down
Scene breakdown
Script marking
Indicator: The script interpretation techniques are adequately applied
Identification of characters actions
Notes and changes
Adjust the scenes
Indicator: The stripboard is properly created
Strip content
Company moves
Break the day
Indicator: The location settings are well identified
Application of Strategic planning and research
369 | P a g e
Making contact and build relationship
Sealing of the deal
Indicator: shots types and camera angles are well described
Shot types
Camera angle
Indicator: The camera position and movement are well planned
Camera movements
Indicator: The shots based on the shot location are well organised
Shot organization
Indicator : The relevant cinematographic techniques are well specified
Cinematographic techniques
Indicator: Shots and scene are described
Description of the shots and scene
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The scenes are systematically broken down
Episode number
location
INT/EXT
Day/night
Scene length
Characters
Description
Number of scenes needed
Props
Wardrobe/ HMU
Cast
Observation
370 | P a g e
Assesment criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected
Time required (8hrs)
Indicator: The script interpretation techniques are adequately applied
Process respected
Indicator: The stripboard report is produced
Report format
Report content
Observation
References books:
Scriptwriting An introduction to screenwriting 2013 BarnsleyOCA
The complete guide to digital video2003LewesAlastair Campbell
The Essential Screenplay (3-Book Bundle): Screenplay: Foundations of Screenwriting,
Screenwriter's Workbook, and Screenwriter's Problem SolverApril 24, 2018 New YorkBantam
The Screenwriter's Workbook: Exercises and Step-by-Step Instructions for Creating a Successful
Screenplay, Newly Revised and UpdatedOctober 31, 2006New YorkDelta
371 | P a g e
P U T E R 5 0 1 - STORYBOARD PANELS CONSTRUCTION
MMDPC501 Construct Storyboard Panels
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 60 60
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the end of this module the learner will be able to design and draw the shapes of the panels, develop and sketch the storyline and emphasize action motions and camera positions; he or she will be able to work competitively in the Multimedia world under non-directive supervision.
372 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Shortlist Preparation (MMDSP501)
Basic drawing skills
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Design and draw the shapes of the panels
1.1. Proper designing of the storyboard templates 1.2. Systematic sketching of the panels of storyboard 1.3. Adequate creation of scenes description and dialog
panel
2. Develop and sketch the storyline 2.1. Right development of the storyline 2.2. Proper description of the panels referring to the act
structure 2.3. Methodical Illustration of the panels storyline
3. Emphasize action motions and camera positions
3.1 Proper application of the cinematographic techniques to the sketches
3.2 Right addition of the visual annotation indicating the important action and motion
3.3 Proper application of the photo based storyboard
373 | P a g e
LU 1: Design and draw the shapes of the panels
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Design the storyboard templates
2. Sketch the panels of storyboard
3. Create the description and dialog panel
15 Hours
Learning outcome 1.1: Designing of the storyboard templates
● Cinematic Storyboard template Commercial
advertisement Television show (with
or without commercial breaks)
Instructional video Feature film Independent Film Online videos
● Business template
Planning for negotiations
Personas Customer journey
mapping User stories Mentoring/training for
difficult conversation Process demonstration
● Education template Plan/create a narrative Text summary
o Demonstration of different panel templates
o Practical Exercises on panels organization
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Paper - Pencils - Storyboarding software - Computer - Video tutorials
Resources Learning activities Content
374 | P a g e
Creation of an instructional comic
New vocabulary understanding
presentation Exploration of settings historical figures timeline creation
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgments on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
● Written
● Oral
● Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Cinematic storyboard template are designed
Commercial advertisement
Television show (with or without commercial breaks)
Instructional video
Feature film
Independent Film
YouTube & Vimeo Videos
Indicator: Business templates are designed
Planning for negotiations
Personas
Customer journey mapping
Performance criterion
Proper designing of the storyboard templates
375 | P a g e
User stories
Mentoring/training for difficult conversation
Process demonstration
Indicator: Education templates are designed
Plan/create a narrative
Text summary
Creation of an instructional comic
New vocabulary
understanding presentation
Exploration of settings
historical figures
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Sketch the panels of storyboard
Designing panels Creation of the panels Smart add panels Renaming panels Deleting panels Joining panels Duplicating panels
o Description of story
development
o Group Exercises on panels
description
o Exercises on sketching panel
storyline
o Books o Internet o Handout notes o Paper o Pencils o Storyboarding software o Computer o Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Systematic sketching of the panels of storyboard
Resources Learning activities Content
376 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
● Written
● Oral
● Performance
Multiple choice/Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Panels are designed
Creation of the panels
Smart add panels
Renaming panels
Deleting panels
Joining panels
Duplicating panels
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Create the scenes description and dialog panel
Scenes description creation according to the storyboards types Narrative
Basic
Scene card
Thumbnail storyboard
Floating storyboard
Framed storyboard
Photo storyboard
o Description of shot types
and camera angle
o Group Exercises on
sketching the action and
motion signs
o Brainstorming on selection
of cinematic techniques to
use
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Paper
- Pencils
- Storyboarding
software
- Computer
- Video tutorials
Resources Learning activities Content
377 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance
criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
● Written
● Oral
● Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Scenes description according to the storyboards types are created
Narrative
Basic
Scene card
Thumbnail storyboard
Floating storyboard
Framed storyboard
Photo storyboard
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate creation of scenes description and dialog panel
378 | P a g e
LU 2: Develop and sketch the storyline
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Develop the storyline
2. Describe of the panels referring to the act structure
3. Illustrate the storyline in the panels
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Develop the storyline
Storyline development Conflict progression
Characters
Ticking clock
Dialog
Character moment
o Brainstorming on the plot
development
o Exercises on different
story development
scenarios
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Paper
- Pencils
- Storyboarding software
- Computer
- Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Right development of the storyline
Resources Learning activities Content
379 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Storyline is developed
Conflict progression
Characters
ticking clock
dialog
character moment
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe the panels referring to the act structure
Connection of storyline and panels according to the plot development
Exposition Story information
Complication Major conflict.
Climax Turning point
Resolution Story end
o Exercises on dispatching storylines to the panels
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Paper
- Pencils
- Storyboarding
software
- Computer
- Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 2.2
Resources Learning activities Content
380 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Storyline and Panels are connected according to the plot development
Exposition
Complication
Climax
Resolution
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.3: Illustrate the storyline in the panels
Sketch structure rules outside the box
sketching Thumbnails drawing Audience experience Accidents, mistakes
and functionality Adaptation to each
project
o Demonstration on storyline
sketch rules
o Group Exercises on sketching
the thumbnails
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Paper
- Pencils
- Storyboarding
software
- Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Proper description of the panels referring to the act structure
381 | P a g e
Inspiration from prior storyboard
- Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Structure rules are sketched
outside the box sketching
Thumbnails drawing
Audience experience
Accidents, mistakes and functionality
Adaptation to each project
Inspiration from prior storyboard
Observation
Performance criterion
Methodical Illustration of the panels storyline
382 | P a g e
Emphasize action motions and camera positions
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply cinematographic techniques to the sketches
2. Add visual annotation indicating the important action and motion
3. Apply photo based storyboard
20 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1:Apply cinematographic techniques to the sketches
Cinematographic slugs and techniques Shot types camera angles composition Props Special effects Sounds lights
o Demonstration of
cinematographic slugs
o Group discussion on the
needed shot types and
camera angle
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Paper
- Pencils
- Storyboarding
software
- Computer
- Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 3.1
Resources Learning activities Content
383 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Cinematographic slugs and techniques are applied
Shot types
camera angles
composition
Props
Special effects
Sounds
Lights
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper application of the cinematographic techniques to the sketches
384 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Add visual annotation indicating the important action and motion
Graphic annotation Image composition Actor body language Line of action Camera positions Light direction Dialogue
o Demonstration on different visual annotation
o Group discussion on needed graphic o Documentation research
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Paper - Pencils - Storyboarding
software - Video tutorials - Computer
Graphics
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Right addition of the visual annotation indicating the important action and motion
Resources Learning activities Content
385 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Graphic annotations are added
Image composition
actor body language
Line of action
Camera positions
Light direction
Dialogue
Observation
386 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3 Apply photo based storyboard
Storyboard design creation Upload/import
image Font selection Background
change Color change
Combination of Image and text Image drag and
dropping into each scene
Insertion of description and sound effect
Adding of dialogue and extra notes
Scene organization Grid Frames Adding text
within any frame
o Demonstration on storyboard design creation steps
o Group exercises on scene organization
o Documentation research
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Paper - Pencils - Storyboarding software - Video tutorials - Computer Graphics
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper application of photo based storyboard
Resources Learning activities Content
387 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Product
Multiple choice/Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Storyboard design is created
Upload/import image
Font selection
Change of the background
Change of the color
Indicator: Image and text are combined
Image drag and dropping into each scene
insertion of description and sound effect
insertion of dialogue and extra notes
Indicator: Scene is organized
Grid
Frames
Adding text within any frame
Observation
388 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
The Rwanda culture show is a non-government organization located in
Huye district. It is organizing the miss Rwanda event and maintains a
memorable story. In this context, a video production company is hired
to cover the event. Unfortunately, due to the lack of the storyboard
artist within the staff, the company cannot produce a high quality
video without referring to the produced storyboard of the event.
Therefore, it is looking for the storyboard artist to make the
storyboard for the video. This will be used by the video producer to
make the video. As a multimedia technician, you are called by the
company to write the storyboard for the event’s video.
From the above provided information, you are required to:
1. To design and draw the shape panels
2. To describe the story panels
3. To sketch the storyline
4. Indicate the camera position and action
At the end of the task you must report to the Video producer the work
you have done with some recommendations. The task must be
performed within 8 hours.
Paper Pencils Storyboarding
software Video tutorials Computer Graphics
Markers Meta card Flip chart
389 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The storyboard template are well selected
Film and entertainment industry
Business
Education
Indicator: The panels of storyboard is well sketched
Design the panels
Indicator: The dialog panel is well created and described
Description classifications according to the storyboards types
Indicator: The storyline is developed
Storyline development
Indicator: The panels referring to the act structure are described
Connection of storyline and panels according to the plot development
Indicator: The panels storyline are well illustrated
Sketch structure rules
Indicator:The cinematographic techniques to the sketches are well applied
Cinematographic slugs and techniques
Indicator: The visual annotation indicating the important action and motion are well added
Graphic annotation
Indicator: The photo based storyboard are well applied
Storyboard design creation
Combination of Image and text
Observation
390 | P a g e
Assesment criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The storyboard is produced
Communicative
Descriptive
Storyboard content
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected
Time required (8hrs)
Indicator: Materials and equipment are well used
No wasted materials
Indicator: The report is produced
Storyboard structure
Story board content
Observation
References
[B. Azangalala, Cinematographic Techniques in the Kenyan Experimental Film
Paperback, LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, 11 Feb 2014.
S. Enterprises, Storyboard Sketchbook, Create Space Independent Publishing
Platform, July 6, 2016.
F. Glebas, Directing the Story: Professional Storytelling and Storyboarding
Techniques for Live Action and Animation, 1 ed., outledge;, 15 Oct 2008.
391 | P a g e
M M D V E 5 0 1 - VIDEO EDITING
MMDVE501 Edit Video
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 8 80
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the end of
this module the learner will be able to import and manage media files; trim video, work with
audio and to export video project, he or she will be able to work competitively in the
Multimedia world under non-directive supervision.
392 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer Fundamentals
Color theory
MMDSW501
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competency Performance criteria
1. Import and manage media files 1.1 Proper arrangement of media files on storage devices 1.2 Right importation of media files 1.3 Right creation of tracks & timeline
2. Trim video 2.1 Appropriate insertion of media files on the timeline 2.2 Efficient creation of rough-cut 2.3 Suitable application of transitions and effects 2.4 Right management of titles 2.5 Proper performance of clips synchronization and
multicamera editing techniques 2.6 Adequate manipulation of clips speed and
stabilization 2.7 Proper application of color correction and color
grading techniques
3. Work with audio 3.1 Proper adjustment of audio 3.2 Appropriate removal of unwanted sound 3.3 Correct mixing of music and soundtrack
4. Export video project
4.1 Proper video file naming and appropriate file location 4.2 Appropriate choice of the video formats and codecs 4.3 Proper saving and sharing of the project
393 | P a g e
LU 1: Import and manage media files
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Arrange media files on storage devices 2. Import media files 3. Create tracks and timeline
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Arrange media files on storage devices
The drive formats and requirements Drives formatting
NTFS EXFAT FAT 32 Mac OS journaled
Safe Storage Drive status Backup
File and folder management Creation of folders and
subfolders Naming Convention Filename Details
o Brainstorming on physical drives
o Research on drives specifications
o Group discussion on file structure
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Drives
- Computer
- Video tutorials
- Video editing
software
Resources Learning activities Content
394 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The drive formats are performed and requirements met
Drives formatting
Safe Storage
Indicator: File and folder management is done
Folders creation
Subfolders creation
Naming Convention
Filename Details
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper arrangement of media files on storage devices
395 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Import media files
Common steps in importing files Introduction to editing
software
Interface
Workflow
Compatibility with
other software
Open editing software
Locate media files on
storage devices
Creation of Media Bins/Events Filename details
Arrangement of
bins/events
o Group discussion on Bins/Events creation
o Demonstration of file naming, opening software and media location
o Watch video tutorials
- Books - Internet - Computer - Hand-out notes - Video editing software
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Right importation of media files
Resources Learning activities Content
396 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Common steps in importing files are identified
Introduction to editing software
Open editing software
Location of media files on storage devices
Indicator: Media Bins/Events are created
Filename details
Arrangement of bins/events
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Create tracks and timeline
Timeline management Project settings Timeline creation
Audio/Video tracks management Adding audio tracks Adding video tracks
o Demonstration on
project settings,
timeline creation and
tracks management
o Watch video tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video editing
software
- Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Right creation of tracks and timeline
Resources Learning activities Content
397 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Timeline is managed
Project settings
Timeline creation
Indicator: Audio/Video tracks are managed
Adding audio tracks
Adding video tracks
Observation
398 | P a g e
LU 2: Trim video
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Insert media files on timeline
2. Create rough-cut
3. Apply transitions and effects
4. Manage titles
5. Perform clips synchronization and multicamera editing techniques
6. Manipulate clips speed
7. Apply color correction and color grading techniques
55 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Insert media files on timeline
Dragging clips to the timeline Dragging the whole clip
Managing source panel
Drag video only Drag audio only Mark In/Out Add/Remove markers
Shortcuts keys
o Demonstration on
dragging clips to the
timeline
o Watch video tutorials
o Performance of dragging
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Computer - Video editing software - Video editing keyboard - Headphone/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Appropriate insertion of media files on the timeline
Resources Learning activities Content
399 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Clips are dragged on the timeline
Dragging the whole clip
Managing source panel
Use of shortcuts keys
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Create rough-cut
Creation of logic sequence referring to the script Rhythm Chronology Continuity
Use of editing tools Selection tool Razor/Blade Pen tool Hand tool Ripple tool Zoom tool
Adding B-rolls
Adding Intro and Outro templates
Adding background Chroma key Use of background
presets
o Group discussion on script, B-rolls and Intros/Outros
o Demonstration of usage of video editing tools
o Practical exercises on video editing
o Watch video tutorials o Watch and analyze videos
already produced
- Internet - Books - Handout notes - Computer - DVDs - Video tutorials - Video editing software - Headphone/Audio monitor
Resources Learning activities Content
400 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation Checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: logic sequence is created referring to the script
Rhythm
Chronology
Continuity
Indicator: Editing tools are used
Selection tool
Razor/Blade
Pen tool
Hand tool
Ripple tool
Zoom tool
Indicator: B-rolls are added
video produced with B-rolls
Indicator: Intro and outro templates are added
video produced with Intro and Outro templates
Indicator: Background are added
Chroma key
Background presets
Observation
Performance criterion
Efficient creation of rough-cut
401 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply transitions and effects
Activation of effects panel
Selection of transitions/effects Audio/Video
transitions
Audio/Video effects
Management of effects panel Motion
Opacity
Volume
Time remapping
Curves
Vignette
Colors
o Demonstration on
transition/effect selection
o Demonstration on effects
panel
o Brainstorming on effects
and transitions selection
o Practical Exercises on
effects and transitions
usage
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze videos
already produced
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes - Computer - Video editing software - Video tutorials - Headphone/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Suitable application of transitions and effects
Resources Learning activities Content
402 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Effects panel is activated
Visualization of Effects panel
Indicator: Transitions/effects are selected
Audio/Video transitions
Audio/Video effects
Indicator: Effects panel is Managed
Motion
Opacity
Volume
Time remapping
Curves
Vignette
Colors
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.4: Manage titles
Create titles Fonts selection
Colors
Background color Foreground color Stroke
Title transformation
Opacity Position Scale
Import/Export titles
Addition of titles on timeline Title duration
Add effects/transitions
o Demonstration on titles
creation
o Demonstration on title
transition/effect
application
o Demonstration on
effects panel
o Brainstorming on
effects and transitions
selection
o Exercises on titles
creation and
manipulation
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze
videos already
produced
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes - Computer - Video editing
Software - Video tutorials - Sample of a well
done Video - Headphone/Audio
monitor
Resources Learning activities Content
403 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.4
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: titles are created
Fonts selection
Colors
Title transformation
Indicator: Titles are imported/exported
Indicator: Titles are added on timeline
Title duration
Add effects/transitions
Observation
Performance criterion
Right management of titles
404 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.5: Perform clips synchronization and multicamera editing techniques
Clips synchronization Choosing the clips for
synchronization
Management of the
synchronization window
Multicamera editing Creation of multicamera clips
Organization of clips within each angle
Synchronization the angles using common sync points
Editing and switching of
camera angles
o Demonstration on clips
synchronization
o Demonstration on
synchronization window
management
o Demonstration on
multicamera editing
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze
videos already
produced
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes - Computer - Video editing
software - Video Tutorials - Sample of a well
done Video - Headphone/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 2.5
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper performance of clips synchronization and multicamera editing techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
405 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Clips synchronization is performed
Choosing the clips for synchronization
Management of the synchronization window
Indicator: Multicamera editing is performed
Creation of multicamera clips
Editing and Switching of camera angles
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.6: Manipulate clips speed and stabilization
Creation of speed changes on clips Fast/Slow the clips
Animation and key frames
Adding, navigating, and setting key frames
Moving and copying key frames
Controlling effect changes using key frame interpolation
Stabilization of shaky footages Stabilization with editing
software presets
Warp stabilizer Activation of
stabilization Stabilization with third party
software or plug-in
o Demonstration on
speeding clips
o Demonstration on
animation and key
frames
o Demonstration on clips
stabilization
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze
videos already
produced
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video editing
software
- Video Tutorials
- Sample of a well
done Video
- Third party software
or plug-in
- Headphone/Audio
monitor
Resources Learning activities Content
406 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.6
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: speed changes on clips are created
Fast/Slow the clips
Animation and key frames
Indicator: shaky footages are stabilized
Stabilization with editing software presets
Stabilization with third party software or plugin
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate manipulation of clips speed and stabilization
407 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.7: Apply color correction and color grading techniques
Management of white balance Temperature Tint
Manipulation of color tone Exposure Contrast Highlights Shadows Whites Blacks
Manipulation of color wheels Shadows Midtones Highlights
Manipulation of Color curves RGB curves Hue Saturation curves
Application of vignette Amount management Midpoint management Roundness management Feather management
Use of third party software
o Demonstration on
white balance, Color
tone, color wheels,
color curves and
vignette
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze
videos already
produced
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video editing
softwares
- Color correction
softwares/plugins
- Headphone/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 2.7
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper application of color correction and color grading techniques
Resources Learning activities Content
408 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: White balance is managed
Temperature
Tint
Indicator: color tone is manipulated
Contrast
Exposure
Highlights
Shadows
Whites
Blacks
Indicator: color wheels is manipulated
Shadows
Midtones
Highlights
Indicator: Color curves is manipulated
RGB curves
Hue Saturation curves
Indicator: Vignette is applied
Amount management
Midpoint management
Roundness management
Feather management
Indicator: Third party softwares are used
Observation
409 | P a g e
LU 3: Work with audio
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Adjust audio
2. Remove unwanted sound
3. Mix music and soundtrack
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Adjust audio
Adjustment of amplitude Adjusting volume in the
effect control panel Adjusting the volume
using the timeline Adjusting volume using
key frames Adjusting audio gain
Adjustment of audio effects and transitions Application and
adjustment of audio effects
Activation of audio effects panel
Choice of the right effect
Application of the effect
Application and adjustment of audio transitions
Activation of audio transitions panel
o Demonstration on
amplitude adjustment
o Demonstration on audio
effects adjustments
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze videos
already produced
o Practical exercises on
choosing the right effects
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video editing
softwares
- Video tutorials
- Audio Editing
softwares
- Audio recorder
- Headphone/Audio
monitor
Resources Learning activities Content
410 | P a g e
Choice of the right transition
Application of the transition
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Amplitude is adjusted
Adjusting volume in the effect control panel
Adjusting the volume using the timeline
Adjusting volume using key frames
Adjusting audio gain
Indicator: Adjustment of audio effects and transitions
Application and adjustment of audio effects
Application and adjustment of audio transitions
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper adjustment of audio
411 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.2: Remove unwanted sound
Audio tracks editing Addition /Removal of
audio tracks Use of editing tools
Audio Cleaning Noise and echoes
Removal Audio channels
management Use of effects
o Demonstration on audio tracks
editing
o Demonstration on audio
cleaning
o Watch video tutorials
o Watch and analyze videos
already produced
o Practical exercises on audio
removing unwanted sounds
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video editing
softwares
- Video tutorials
- Audio editing
softwares
- Headphone/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Appropriate removal of unwanted sound
Resources Learning activities Content
412 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio tracks are Editing
Addition/Removal of audio tracks
Use of editing tools
Indicator: Audio is cleaned
Noise and echoes Removal
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.3: Mix music and soundtracks
Addition of music to the timeline Use of editing
tools Synchronization of
music with action
Mixing soundtracks
o Demonstration on soundtracks mixing
o Watch video tutorials o Watch and analyze
videos already produced o Practical exercises on
music and soundtracks mixing
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video editing softwares
- Audio editing softwares
- Headphone/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Correct mixing of music and soundtracks
Resources Learning activities Content
413 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Music is added to the timeline
Use of editing tools
Synchronization of music with action
Indicator: soundtracks are mixed
Observation
414 | P a g e
LU 4: Export project
4
Learning Outcomes:
1. Name files and choose file location
2. Choose the formats and codec settings
3. Save and share the project
5 Hours
Learning Outcome 4.1: Name files and choose file location
File structure
File name File location File naming convention
o Demonstration on how to
name files and choose the
file location
o Watch video tutorials
o Practical exercises on
naming files and choosing
the file location
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- video tutorials
- video editing software
Formative Assessment 4.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper video file naming and appropriate file location
Resources Learning activities Content
415 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: File structure is created
File name
File location
File naming convention
Observation
Learning Outcome 4.2: choose the video formats and codecs
Video formats MOV AVI MP4 FLV WMV MKV
Video Codecs MPEG MPEG-1 MPEG-2 MPEG-4 (H.264) DivX XviD X264 ProRes 4:4:4 ProRes 4:2:2
o Demonstration on how to
use video formats
o Demonstration on how to
use codecs
o Watch video tutorials
o Practical exercises on
choosing of the formats and
codec settings
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video editing
softwares
- Video converter
software
- Computer
Resources Learning activities Content
416 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 4.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Product
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: video formats is Determined
MOV
AVI
MP4
FLV
WMV
MKV
Indicator: codecs are used
MPEG
MPEG-1
MPEG-2
MPEG-4 (H.264)
DivX
XviD
X264
ProRes 4:4:4
ProRes 4:2:2
Observation
Performance criterion
Appropriate choice of the video formats and codec
417 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 4.3: Save and share the project
saving and sharing option Saving on the storage
devices Optical Drive External Hard
Drive Cloud Storage
Identification of video playing devices
Saving online video format
o Demonstration saving and sharing option
o Brainstorming on sharing option
o Watch video tutorials o practical exercises on saving
and sharing the project
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video editing softwares
- Computer
- Video tutorials
Formative Assessment 4.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: project saving and sharing is done
Saving on the storage device
Identification of video playing devices
Saving online video format
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper saving and sharing of the project
Resources Learning activities Content
418 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
Kigali Motion is a well-reputed Film production company in Rwanda and it is known in different films such as 1 day in Kigali, The real Rwanda and many more. Unfortunately all those produced films are not recognized on international level due to the quality of production. Next year Kigali Motion is planning to attend an international film festival in New York where they will be presenting a film that will be called “Golden wisdom behind our ancestors” and the shooting is already done. Kigali Motion is required to produce a trailer of their project before attending the international film festival and upload online. As multimedia technician you are given a chance to edit the project and produce a 3 min trailer. After the job you must provide an HD MP4 video to be uploaded on online, The editing must be done in 6 hours.
- Computer - Video editing
software - Speakers - Headset - Internet - Audio editing
software.
419 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Arrangement of media files on storage devices is done
Format drivers
File and folder management
Indicator: Media files are imported
Importing files using common steps
Creation of Media Bins/Events
Indicator: Create tracks and timeline
Timeline is managed
Audio/Video tracks management
Indicator: Media files on timeline are inserted
Dragging clips to the timeline
Indicator: Rough-cut are created
Creation of logic sequence referring to the script
Use of editing tools
Indicator: Transitions and effects are applied
Activation of effects panel
Selection of transitions/effects
Management of effects panel
Apply transitions and effects
Indicator: Titles are managed
Create titles
Import/Export titles
Addition of titles on timeline
Indicator: Clips synchronization is performed Choosing the clips for synchronization
Management of the synchronization window
Indicator: Clips speed is manipulated and stabilized
Creation of speed changes on clips
Stabilization of shaky footages
Indicator: Color correction and color grading techniques are applied Management of White balance
Manipulation of color tone
Manipulation of color wheels
Manipulation of Color curves
Application of vignette
Use of third party software
Indicator:Audio is adjust Adjustment of amplitude
Adjustment of audio effects and transitions
420 | P a g e
Indicator: Unwanted sound are removed
Audio tracks editing
Audio Cleaning
Indicator: Music and soundtracks are mixed Addition of music to the timeline
Mixing soundtracks
Indicator:Name files and choose file location is done
File name
File location
File naming convention
Indicator: video formats and codecs are choosen Video formats
Video Codecs
Indicator: The project is saved and shared Saving on the storage device
Saving video online format
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Content of the film is structured
Best moment of the film
Rhythm
Music
Indicator: Video coding and sharing are done
MP4
HD
Online video format
Observation
421 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected: 6 hrs.
Indicator: The size is respected
3 min
Observation
Reference books:
1. Carucci, J. (2013). Digital SLR Video and Filmmaking for Dummies. Hoboken, New Jersey: John
wiley & sons, Inc.
2. Education, M.-H., & McGrath, P. (2002). Editing Digital Video. McGraw-Hill Education TAB.
3. Scoppettuolo, D., & Saccone, P. (2018). The Definitive Guide to DaVinci Resolve 15. Blackmagic
Design.
422 | P a g e
M M D S S 5 0 1 - SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
MMDSS501 Setup Sound System
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 80 80
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the
end of this module the learner will be able to design sound, identify audio equipment
and cables, and connect the sound reinforcement system, Configure digital audio
components. He or she will be able to work competitively in the multimedia world
under non-directive supervision.
423 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Computer Fundamentals
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Design sound 1.1 Correct classification of the sound waves properties 1.2 Right distinction of tone characteristics 1.3 Efficient identification of audio sampling
2. Identify audio equipment and cables
2.1 Proper identification of audio terms and equipment 2.2 Correct differentiation of audio cables and connectors 2.3 Convenient classification of audio transducers
3. Connect the sound reinforcement system
3.1. Adequate selection of audio equipment and the
location preparation
3.2. Right connection of audio devices
3.3. Proper application of audio mixing and amplification
424 | P a g e
LU 1: Design sound
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Classify the sound waves properties 2. Distinguish tone characteristics 3. Identify audio sampling
15 Hours
Learning Outcome1.1: Classify the sound waves properties
Sound nature Hearing levels
Symbolic level Aesthetic levels Warning levels Primitive levels
Sound waves Disturbance and
variation Particle motion and
wave motion Types of sounds
waves
Waves properties Amplitude Wavelength Frequency Period Speed of sound
o Brainstorming onthreshold of hearing
o Group discussion on classification of sound waves
o Documentation research on nature of the sound waves characteristics
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- Headsets/Audio monitor
- PA Equipment
Resources Learning activities Content
425 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Sound nature is described
Symbolic level
Aesthetic levels
Warning levels
Primitive levels
Indicator: Sound waves are described
Disturbance and variation
Particle motion and wave motion
Types of sound waves
Indicator: Waves properties are determined
Amplitude and wavelength
Frequency, period and pitch
Speed of sound
Observation
Performance criterion
Correct classification of the sound waves properties
426 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 1.2: Distinguish tone characteristics
Sound timbre o Pitch
o Loudness
o quality
Tone characteristics o Harmonic content
harmonics overtones
o Dynamic characteristics
vibrato attack decay
o Brainstorming on physical
characteristics the sound
o Group discussion on
distinguishable
characteristics of different
music instruments
o Demonstration by video/
analysis of different tones
o Demonstration by video/
analysis of distinguishable
characteristics of a tone
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- Computer
- Hand-out notes
- Video tutorials
- Headsets/Audio
monitor
- PA Equipment
Formative Assessment 1.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Right distinction of tone characteristics
Resources Learning activities Content
427 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Sound timbre is described
Tone Pitch
Tone loudness
Tone quality
Indicator: Tone characteristics are described
Harmonic content of a sound
Dynamic characteristics of a sound
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify audio sampling
Audio formats Studio masters Lossless formats Lossy formats
Sampling Sample value Sample rates sampler
Audio channels monophonic stereophonic polyphonic
o Documentation research and video presentation on audio compression
o Group discussion on conversion of sound
o Documentation research on different audio channels
- Books
- Visual aids
- Internet
- Computer
- Hand-out notes
- Video tutorials
- Headsets/Audio
monitor
- PA Equipment
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved
Performance criterion
Efficient identification of audio sampling
Resources Learning activities Content
428 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio formats are classified
Studio Masters
Lossless Formats
Loss Formats
Indicator: Sampling is described
Sample Value
Sample Rates
Sampler
Indicator: Audio channels are categorized
Monophonic
Stereophonic
Polyphonic
Observation
429 | P a g e
LU 2: Identify audio equipment and cables
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify audio terms and equipment
2. Describe audio cables and connectors
3. Classify audio transducers
15 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify audio terms and equipment
Audio equipment List audio equipment Categories Classification Application
Audio terminologies Audio slugs Technical terms
o Description of different
audio equipment
o Group discussion on audio
equipment categorization
o Group discussion on audio
slugs and technical terms
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- COMPUTER
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper identification of audio terms and equipment
Resources Learning activities Content
430 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio equipment is described
List audio equipment
Categories
Classification
Application
Indicator: Audio terminology
Audio slugs
Audio terms
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe audio cables and connectors
Types of audio cables Cable types
Mic cable Snake Guitar chord Speaker cable Patch chord
Cable construction Cable jacket shield Insulation Hot conductor Cold conductor
Audio Connectors and jacks Unbalanced connection
o Demonstration exercises of cable construction
o Group discussion on the classification of the cables and jacks
o Demonstration of audio cables, jacks and connectors
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Audio
equipment
- Cables
- Computer
- Video tutorials
- Screw driver
Audio kit
Resources Learning activities Content
431 | P a g e
types TS (tip-sleeve) RCA
Balanced connection types
XLR TRS (Tip-Ring-
Sleeve)
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Types of audio cables are categorized
Cable Construction
Cable types
Indicator: Audio Connectors and jacks are described
Unbalanced connection
Balanced connection
Observation
Performance criterion
Correct differentiation of audio cables and connectors
432 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Classify audio transducers
Input Transducers Microphones Microphones types
Internal configuration External configuration Polar pattern
Output Transducers Speakers Loudspeakers Types
Full-range drivers Subwoofer Woofer Mid-range driver Tweeter Coaxial drivers Horn loudspeakers
o Demonstration on configuration of audio transducers devices
o Group Exercises on audio transducers devices
o Exercises on configuration audio transducers devices
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Audio
equipment
- Cables
- Computer
- Video tutorials
- PA Equipment - Headset/Audio
Monitor
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Convenient classification of audio transducers
Resources Learning activities Content
433 | P a g e
Checklist
Score
Yes No
Indicator: Input transducers are described
Microphones
Microphones types
Indicator: Output Transducers are described
Speakers
Loudspeakers Types
Observation
434 | P a g e
LU 3: Connect the sound reinforcement system
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Select audio equipment and prepare the location
2. Connect audio devices with right cables
3. Apply audio mixing and amplification
40 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Select audio equipment and prepare the location
Location scouting Sound location environment
Area coverage Stage monitoring Indoor and outdoor Reflexivity
Audio scenarios Budgeting Component comparing and
selection
o Group discussion on
sound environment
o Practical Exercises on
stage monitoring
o Documentation research
audio system budgeting
o Video tutorials on
scenario equipment
selection
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Computer
- Video tutorials
- PA Equipment
- Headset/Audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Adequate selection of audio equipment and the location preparation
Resources Learning activities Content
435 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Location scouting is done
Sound location environment
Indicator: Audio scenarios are analyzed
Budgeting
Component comparing and selection
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Connect audio devices
Mixer description Application Mixers parts
Audio jack and ports Knobs and sliders
Audio devices Installation Prepare system Schema Speaker setup
Cabling connecting mixer with
external transducers
o Demonstration of the mixing
console parts and application
o Group exercise on set up and
connection of the sound system
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- PA Equipment
- Headset/Audio
monitor
- Computer
- Pen/Notebook
- Drawing software
Resources Learning activities Content
436 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Mixer is described
Application
Mixers parts
Indicator: Audio devices are Installed
Prepare system Schema
Speaker setup
Indicator: Cabling
connecting mixer with external transducers
Observation
Performance criterion
Right connection of audio devices with right cables.
437 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: apply audio mixing and amplification
Mixer channel strip signal flow Source audio Insert Gain EQ Send pre-fader Solo &mute Fader Send Post-fader Pan Amplification Output
Digital audio components Configuration Drivers installation Digital audio mixer
and configuration
o Description of application of audio mixing
o Demonstration of mixing consoles parts
o Demonstration of channel strip signal flow
o Group Exercises on the control of the signal flow
o Documentation research
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Routers
- Switches
- Video tutorials
- PA Equipment
- Headset/Audio monitor
- Computer
- Pen/Notebook
- Drawing software
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper application of audio mixing and amplification
Resources Learning activities Content
438 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Mixer channel strip signal flow are described
Source audio
Insert
Gain
EQ
Send pre-fader
Solo &mute
Fader
Send Post-fader
Pan
Amplification
Output
Indicator: Digital audio components configuration is done
Drivers installation
Digital audio workstation installation
Observation
439 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
COLABO STUDIO is a registered company located at Kabuye, Byumba sector in Kayumbu village, which provides sound system for the national and international events in Rwanda. The ministry of Foreign affairs always prepares an annual event called “Come again” The event manager in that Ministry contacted COLABO STUDIO and requested them to install the sound system in the event; last year they failed as the microphone was cutting off during the speech of guest of Honor even the background music were cut off. That failure caused them to get half payment. This year, COLABO STUDIO is getting a similar contract in REB located at Kabeza. Therefore, in order to avoid any other kind of penalty, COLABO STUDIO is looking for a competent multimedia technician.
From this information you have to analyze the site, select all audio
equipment and cables, set and install the sound system, connect and
configure digital audio components within 5 hours in the REB garden at
Kabeza.
- Mixers
- Speakers
- Microphones
- Receiver
- tripod
- Audio cables
- XLR cables
- Jack cables
- Books
- Internet
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio terms and equipment identification is well done
Audio Terminology
Audio Equipment
Indicator: Differentiation of audio cables and connectors is well done
Calculation of the equipment to be used
Select audio cables
Select audio connectors and jacks
Measurement of the cables to be used
Indicator: Classification of audio transducers is well done
Input transducers
Output transducers
Location scouting
Indicator: interconnection of audio devices, audio cables and connectors is well done
Connection of input transducers
Connection of output transducers
Connection of loudspeakers
Installation of mixer
Connection of power cables
440 | P a g e
Indicator: Selection of audio equipment and preparation of location are well done
Location scouting are checked
Audio scenarios are analyzed
Indicator: Connection of audio devices is well done
Mixer description and Installed
Audio devices Installation
Cabling Is done
Indicator: Audio mixing and amplification is well done
Mixer channel strip signal flow
Configure digital audio components
Observation
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio equipment are well selected
Good Selection of audio Connectors and jacks
right measurement of the used cables
Indicator: Area coverage is well assessed
Location scouting is well done
Calculation of the equipment to be used well done
Measurement of the cables well done
Indicator: Signal flow well checked
Audio devices interconnection is well done
Batteries well measured
Microphone well check
Connection well arranged
Audio mixing and amplification well done
Observation
441 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected : 5h
Indicator: Size is respected
Garden
Observation
References Davis , G., & JONES, R. (1987). The sound reinforcement handbook. (2, Ed.)
Paul, S. (n.d.). The Home Studio: The Basics of Recording & Mixing Kindle Edition. Amazon Media
EU S.à r.l.
White, P. (19 Jun 2014). The SOS Guide to Live Sound: Optimising Your Band's Live-Performance
Audio. (2, Ed.) Routledge.
442 | P a g e
M M D A P 5 0 1 - AUDIO PRODUCTION
MMDAP501 Produce Audio
REQF Level: 5 Learning hours
Credits: 10 100
Sector: ICT
Sub-sector: Multimedia
Issue date: January 2019
Purpose statement
This module is intended to the learner pursuing TVET certificate V in Multimedia. At the end of this module the learner will be able to apply the basic principles of the art and science of sound production and design. The students will gain hands-on experience in field of sound recording, sound effects gathering, scoring, digital audio editing and mixing with non-direct supervision
443 | P a g e
Learning assumed to be in place
Basic skills on the sound system setup
Computer Fundamentals
Elements of competency and performance criteria
Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement
of the learning unit.
By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:
Elements of competence Performance criteria
1. Record Sound 1.1 Right setup of digital voice recorder and audio interfaces
1.2 Adequate configuration of digital recorder and digital audio workstation
1.3 Proper application of single and multitrack recording
2. Edit Audio
2.1 Proper adjustment of the standard waveform audio 2.2 Convenient application of audio effects 2.3 Proper editing of multitrack sessions
3. Master audio mix 3.1 Proper analysis and diagnosis of the mix 3.2 Adequate application of dynamic processing /
compression 3.3 Proper integration of audio and output
444 | P a g e
LU 1: Record Sound
1
Learning Outcomes:
1. Setup digital voice recorder and digital audio interface
2. Configure digital recorder and digital audio workstation
3. Apply single and multitrack recording
25 Hours
Learning Outcome 1.1: Setup digital voice recorder and digital audio interface
Voice recorded hardware setup Installation of the
digital recorder to the computer
Installation audio interfaces to the computer
Setup memory card
o Brainstorming on physical
connection of digital voice
recorder
o Practical exercises on audio
devices connection
o Documentation research on
modern audio recorders and
interfaces
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- Digital voice recorder
- computer
Formative Assessment 1.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Right setup of digital voice recorder and audio interfaces
Resources Learning activities Content
445 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio hardware are well Connected
Installation of the digital recorder to the computer
Installation audio interfaces to the computer
Setup memory card
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.2: Configure digital recorder and digital audio workstation
Installation and configuration of the audio hardware drivers Driver installation Hardware setup
Configuration of the audio device hardware with the digital audio workstations Audio hardware setup
Input Output Master clock Latency
o Group discussion on the
installation steps o Practical exercises on drivers
installation and setup o Further research on internet
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- Digital voice
recorder
- computer
Formative Assessment 1.2
Resources Learning activities Content
446 | P a g e
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio hardware drivers are well Installed and configured
Driver installation
Hardware setup
Indicator: Audio devices hardware is configured with the digital audio workstations
Audio hardware setup
Observation
Learning Outcome 1.3: Apply single and multitrack recording
Creation of audio recording track Audio single track
Multitrack editing Multitrack session Track controls Multitrack mixer
o Demonstration on creating
audio track
o Documentation research
o Brainstorming on single,
multitrack and MIDI track
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- Digital voice recorder
- Computer
- Audio editing software
Resources Learning activities Content
Performance criterion
Adequate configuration of digital recorder and digital audio workstation
447 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 1.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Product
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Audio recording track is created
Audio single track
Indicator: The multitrack is well edited
Multitrack session
Track controls
Multitrack mixer
Observation
Performance criterion
Proper application of single and multitrack recording
448 | P a g e
LU 2: Edit Audio
2
Learning Outcomes:
1. Adjust the standard waveform audio
2. Apply audio effects
3. Edit multitrack sessions
65 Hours
Learning Outcome 2.1: Adjust the standard waveform audio
Waveform adjustments Audio level Audio level
normalization Fades Clipboard and mix
paste
o Practical exercises on waveform adjustment
o Documentation research o Brainstoming on
Waveform standards
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- Audio editing software
- computer
Formative Assessment 2.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper adjustment of the standard waveform audio
Resources Learning activities Content
449 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indictor: Audio waveform is adjusted
Audio level
Audio level normalization
Fades
Clipboard and mix paste
Observation
Learning Outcome 2.2: Apply audio effects
Audio clean up Frequency display clean up Noise reduction Sound removal
Special effects Adjust pitch Pitch correction Access plugins Compression Modulation Filter and EQ Reverb Echo and delay
o Ear listening exercises o Practical exercises on
audio effect application Internet research
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Video tutorials - Audio editing
software - Computer - Headset/audio
monitor
Resources Learning activities Content
450 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 2.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: audio cleanup is applied
Frequency display clean up
Noise reduction
Sound removal
Indicator: Special effect are added
Pitch adjustment
Pitch correction
Plugins
Compression
Modulation
Filter and EQ
Reverb
Echo and delay
Observation
Performance criterion
Convenient application of audio effects
451 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 2.3: Edit multitrack sessions
Multitrack session control Multitrack view Track color Multitrack tools Track routing Audio levels matching
and adjustment Group clips Fades Filter and EQ
Multitrack special effect application Reverb and delay Compression Preset and favorites Automation for mixer
o Ear listening exercises o Practical exercises on creating
and manage the multitrack session
o Practical exercises on applying special effect to multitrack
o Documentation research o Use of tutorials
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Video tutorials - Audio editing
software - Computer - Headset/audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 2.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper editing of multitrack sessions
Resources Learning activities Content
452 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Multitrack session is properly controlled
Multitrack view
Track color
Multitrack tools
Track routing
Audio levels matching and adjustments
Group clips
Fades
Filter and EQ
Indicator: Multitrack special effects are added
Apply reverb and delay
Add compression
Use preset and favorites
Observation
453 | P a g e
LU 3: Master audio mix
3
Learning Outcomes:
1. Analyze and diagnose the mix
2. Apply dynamic processing / compression
3. Integrate audio and output
10 Hours
Learning Outcome 3.1: Analyze and diagnose the mix
Analyze the mix structure
Critical listening/cookie
cutter
Mix reference with
multiple sources
Mix adjustment
Mix balance and tonality
Clarity and energy
o Ear listening practice
o Brainstorm on analysis and
diagnosis steps
o Brainstorming on critical
listening
o Practical exercise on mix
adjustment
o Documentation research/
tutorials
- Books
- Internet
- Handout notes
- Video tutorials
- Audio editing
software
- Computer
- Headset/audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 3.1
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Performance criterion
Proper analysis and diagnosis of the mix
Resources Learning activities Content
454 | P a g e
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: The mix structure is applied
Critical listening/cookie cutter
Mix reference with multiple sources
Indicator : The mix is adjusted
Mix balance and tonality
Clarity and energy
Observation
Learning Outcome 3.2: Apply dynamic processing
Compressors/limiter/gate
Threshold Ratio Attack and release Soft and hard knees Peak vs RMS sensing Stereo linking
Filter and EQ
Shelving EQ Low pass Low cut
Graphic equalizer Parametric equalizer
o Brainstorm on low cut and low pass filter
o Practical exercise on dynamic processing
o Documentation research/ tutorials
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Video tutorials - Audio editing
software - Computer - Headset/audio
monitor
Resources Learning activities Content
455 | P a g e
Formative Assessment 3.2
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Compressors/limiter/gate are adjusted
Threshold
Ratio
Attack and release
Soft and hard knees
Peak vs RMS sensing
Stereo linking
Indicator: Filter and EQ are edited
Shelving EQ
Graphic equalizer
Parametric equalizer
Observation
Performance criterion
Adequate application of dynamic processing / compression
456 | P a g e
Learning Outcome 3.3: Integrate audio and output
Apply Mix down Stereo Mono Surround
Export multitrack mix down File naming convention Location Format
Uncompressed audio formats/studio masters
Lossless audio formats Lossy audio formats
Sample rate and bit rate Mixdown option
o Brainstorming on file and file naming convention
o Practical Exercises on file naming convention
o Documentation research
- Books - Internet - Handout notes - Video tutorials - Audio editing
software - Computer - Headset/audio
monitor
Formative Assessment 3.3
Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the
performance criterion has been achieved.
Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools
Written
Oral
Performance
Product
Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false questions Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Presentation Observation checklist
Performance criterion
Proper integration of audio and output
Resources Learning activities Content
457 | P a g e
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Mix down is applied
Stereo
Mono
Surround
Mixdown option
Indicator: Multitrack mix down is exported
File naming convention
Location
Format
Sample rate and bit rate
Observation
458 | P a g e
Summative Assessment
Integrated situation Resources
STAR STUDIO is a private company which is located at Ubumwe village
in Kiyovu, that studio provides the services including audio songs,
audio jingle and audio for Documentationfilm.
Ineza Radio joined the Star studio and requested a service of producing
an audio documentary. After recording and providing the audio
documentary, Ineza Radio has criticized the product that was not good
in standardized way.
Star studio is looking for a multimedia technician who is able to
recover the audio production issues including audio recording, audio
editing and mastering audio Documentationto nice standard. You, as
one of multimedia technicians, are asked to produce that audio
Documentationwithin 5 hours and to save the project to internal and
external hard disk,
- Machine
- Audio software
- Sound controller
- Studio microphone
- Cables
- Monitors (speakers)
- Mixer
- Speaker stands
- Microphone stands
- Internet
459 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Digital voice recorder and digital audio interface are set up
Audio hardware setup
Indicator: Digital recorder and digital audio workstation are configured
Installation and configuration of the audio hardware drivers
Configuration of the audio hardware with the Digital audio workstations
Indicator: Single and multitrack recording are applied
Creation of audio recording track
Multitrack editing
Indicator: The standard waveform audio is adjusted
Waveform adjustments
Indicator: audio effects are applied
Audio clean up
Special effects
Indicator: Multitrack sessions are edited
Multitrack session control
Multitrack special effect application
Indicator: The mix is analyzed and diagnosed
Analyze the mix structure
Mix adjustment
Indicator: Dynamic processing is applied
Compressors/limiter/gate
Filter and EQ
Observation
460 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: audio Documentationis well done
Audio recording
Audio editing
Audio mastering
Observation
Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Time is respected
Less than 5 hours
Indicator: Project is well saved
Saving to internal hard disk
Saving to external hard disk
Observation
461 | P a g e
Assesment Criterion 4: Safety
Checklist Score
Yes No
Indicator: Workplace environment is prepared
Materials in the right place
Equipment in the right place
Tools in the right place
Fire extinguishers or sand in the working area
Indicator: Tools and equipment are checked
Insulation of cables
Tightens
No damaged equipment or Tools
Observation
References
Davenport, F. G. ( November 8, 2017). Monmouth College: The First Hundred Years, 1853-1953
(Classic Reprint) Paperback ). Forgotten Books .
Hepworth, M. L. (September 1, 2013). Power Tools for Cubase 7: Master Steinberg's Power
Multi-platform Audio Production Software. Hal Leonard Books; Paperback with DVD-ROM
edition.
Nahmani, D. ( April 14, 2010). Apple Pro Training Series: Logic Pro 9 and Logic Express 9.
Peachpit Press; 1 edition (April 14, 2010).
a | P a g e
GLOSSARY
Assessment: A process of gathering and judging
evidence in order to decide whether a person
has attained a standard of performance.
Assessment criteria: Statements which describe
performances and place them in context with
sufficient precision to allow valid and reliable
assessment.
Best practice: Management practices and work
processes that lead to outstanding or top-class
performance and provide examples for others.
Competency standard: An industry-determined
specification of performance which sets out the
skills, knowledge and attitudes required to
operate effectively in employment.
Competency standards are made up of units of
competency, which are themselves made up of
elements of competency, together with
performance criteria, a range of variables, and
an evidence guide.
Competency: means the ability to apply
knowledge, skills and personal, social and
methodological skills in the workplace or
during learning, as well as in personal and
professional development. This ability or
capacity is acquired through leaning, exposure
to the tasks and series of training allowing one
to perform specific task autonomously. Reason
why in the context of the CBE Framework
competencies are described as responsibility
and independence.
Competency-based assessment (or CBA): The
gathering and judging of evidence in order to
decide whether a person has achieved a
standard of competency.
Complementary competencies: Set of
knowledge, skills and attitudes which are not
directly linked to a specific occupation or
industry, but which are important for work,
education and life in general, such as
communication, mathematics, organizational
aptitude, and computer literacy, interpersonal
and analytical competency.
Core modules: Modules leading to
competencies’ acquisition that an industry
sector has agreed upon as essential for a person
to be accepted as competent at a particular
level. All modules may be core, but in many
cases competency at a level will involve core
modules plus optional or specialization
modules. Core competencies are normally
those central to work in a particular industry.
Credential: Formal certification issued for
successful achievement of a defined set of
outcomes, e.g. successful completion of a
course in recognition of having achieved
particular knowledge, skills or competencies;
successful completion of an apprenticeship or
traineeship.
Credit: The acknowledgement that a person has
satisfied the requirements of a module.
Curriculum: The specifications for a course or
subject (module) which describe all the learning
experiences a learner undergoes, generally
including objectives, content, intended learning
outcomes, teaching methodology,
recommended or prescribed assessment tasks,
assessment exemplars, etc.
Evidence guide: The part of a competency
standard which provides a guide to the
interpretation and assessment of the unit of
b | P a g e
competency, including the aspects which need
to be emphasized in assessment, relationships
to other units, and the required evidence of
competency.
Flexible delivery: A range of approaches to
providing education and training, giving
learners greater choice of when, where and
how they learn. Flexible delivery may involve
distance education, mixed-mode delivery,
online education, self-paced learning, self-
directed learning, etc.
Formal education: Also formal training
education or training provided in educational
institutions such as schools, universities,
colleges, etc. or off the job in a workplace,
usually involving direction from a teacher or
instructor.
General competencies: competencies
correspond to larger operations that go beyond
the tasks, but generally contribute to their
implementation. These activities require more
fundamental learning and are generally
common to several tasks and transferable to
many work situations.
Generic modules: Modules leading to the
attainment of complementary competencies.
Informal education: The acquisition of
knowledge and skills through experience,
reading, social contact, etc.
Internship: An opportunity for a learner to
integrate career related experience by
participating in planned, supervised work.
Key competencies: Any of several generic skills
or competencies considered essential for
people to participate effectively in the
workforce. Key competencies apply to work
generally, rather than being specific to work in a
particular occupation or industry. The following
are key areas of competency which were
developed into seven key competencies:
collecting, analyzing and organizing
information; communicating ideas and
information; planning and organizing activities;
working with others and in teams; using
mathematical ideas and techniques; solving
problems; and using technology.
Knowledge: means the result of the adoption
of information through the learning process.
Knowledge is a set of facts, principles, theories
and practices related to area of work or study.
In CBE context lifelong learning knowledge is
described as theoretical and / or factual.
Learning outcomes: are statements of what
learner knows, understands and can perform,
based on the completion of the learning
process, defined by knowledge, skill and
competency.
Learning activities: Suggested activities that
can be developed during lesson planning and
activity preparation. The choice of learning
activities must be tailored according to group
size, available material resources and
communication tools.
Learning hours: Amount of hours required to
acquire the competency, including the time
allocated to evaluation, which is estimated
between 5 and 10% of the total learning time of
the competency.
Learning outcomes: Statements that indicate
what learners will know or be able to do as a
result of a learning activity. Learning outcomes
are usually expressed as knowledge, skills, or
attitudes.
Learning unit: Any of the basic building blocks
of a module, which describes the key activities
c | P a g e
or the elements of the work covered by the
module
Module: A unit of training which corresponds to
one competency and which can be completed
on its own or linked to others.
Occupation: The principal business of one’s life.
Performance criteria The part of a competency
standard specifying the required level of
performance in terms of a set of outcomes
which need to be achieved in order to be
deemed competent. It describes the quality
requirements of the result obtained in labor
performance.
Qualification: means the formal name for the
result of a process of assessment and
validation, which is obtained when a competent
body determines that an individual has
achieved learning outcomes to the standards
laid down.
Quality assurance: The systems and procedures
designed and implemented by an organization
to ensure that its products and services are of a
consistent standard and are being continuously
improved.
Recognition of prior learning (or RPL): The
acknowledgement of a person’s skills and
knowledge acquired through previous training,
work or life experience, which may be used to
grant status or credit in a subject or module.
Skills: are the ability to apply knowledge and
use the principle of “know how” to perform a
specific task and to solve the problem. In
the context of the CBE Framework, skills are
defined as cognitive (involving the use of logical,
intuitive and creative thinking), practical
(including physical skill and use of methods,
materials, devices and instruments) and social
skills (communication and cooperation skills,
emotional intelligence and other).
Specific competencies: Competencies that are
directly related to the tasks of the occupation in
the workplace context. They refer to concrete,
practical, and focused aspects
Traineeship: A system of vocational training
combining off-the-job training at an approved
training provider with on-the-job training and
practical work experience. Traineeships
generally take one to two years and are now a
part of the New Apprenticeships system.
Unit of competency: A component of a
competency standard. A unit of competency is a
statement of a key function or role in a
particular job or occupation. See also element
of competency, performance criteria, range of
variables.
RWANDA POLYTECHNIC – RP Kigali-Rwanda Email: [email protected] Web: www.rp.ac.rw P.O. Box 164 Kigali, Rwand